{B a l i most 530 ti t ty .

Journa l

OF THE

PAL I T E X T S O C I E TY .

1 882 .

EDITED B Y

T
. W RHY S
. DA VI DS , MA . .
, PHD
M
OF LTHE IDD E TE M PL E , B A RB I S T ER - A T - L A W ,

F
P RO ESSOR PAL
OF B I AND U DDHI S T L I T ERA TU RE IN U NI V ERS I TY CO LL EG E ,
L ON D ON .

L ONDON
P UB L I S HE D F OR TH E PA L I TEX T S OC IET Y ,

B Y HENRY F ROWDE,
OXFORD UNI VERS I TY P RES S WA REHOUS E 7 , , PA TERNOSTER ROW .
 T A B L E O F C O NT E NT S .

PA G E

REPORT or m S OCIET Y FOR 1 882 , BY T . W Ram. DA V IDS .

LI STS or Mm m

LE I I EB B
' '
F RO] : TR ERAS m CEYLON

LI ST or MS S . IN TH E B onmm n LI B RAR Y , 0 m m) , BY

LI ST or MS S . I N THE B I RLI OTIIEQUE NA TI ONALR AT PARI S ,

B Y L EON Fm

LIST OF MS S . I N THE ORIENTAL LI B RAR Y , KANT T , BY H C . .

P B ELL
.

LI ST or MS S m m . Com m MUSRUII , RT LOUI S DR Zom

LI ST or MSS . II! THE I NDIA. Om en L IB RAR Y , B !

’

H .

OLDENB ERG

TRE SA CRED LIT ERATURE WITH THE Con

HI STORI OAI . AND MI SCELLANEOUS WORKS

53 3 7 9 6
 PA LI TEXT S OCI ETY

COMMI TTEE OF MANA GEMENT .

PRO F E S S OR F A US B O LL . DR M ORRI S . .

DR OL DEN ERG
. B . M EMILE SENART
. .

T . W RHYS
. DA VI DS , Cha irma n .

(W i th power to a dd workers to their num b er .

)
H on . Trea surer—W W HUNTER . .
, Esq .
, LL D. .

S ecreta ry— U . B . B RODRI B B , Esq .

, B A
. .
, 3 , B rick Court, Templ e, E C . .

This Soc iety h a s been started in order to ren der ac c essible

to stu den ts the ric h stores of the earli est B u ddhist lite ratu re
n ow lyin g u n edite d a n d prac ti c ally u n u se d in the variou s

MSS sc attered throu ghou t the Un iversity a n d other P u blic

.

L ibraries of Eu rope .

The histori cal im porta n c e of these Texts c a n sc arc ely be

exaggerated either i n respec t of their val u e for the his tory
,

of folk lore -
or of religion or of lan gu age I t is already
, , .

c ertain th at they were all p u t i n to their presen t form withi n

a very lim ited period probably exten din g to less than a ,

c en t u ry a n d a half (abo u t B C 4 0 0 F or that perio d . .

they have preserved for u s a rec ord qu ite u n c on tam in ated ,

by filtration throu gh a n y Eu ropean m in d of the every da y ,

beliefs a n d cu stom s of a people n early related to ou rselves ,

j u st as they were passi n g throu gh the first sta ges of c iviliza

tion They are ou r best au thorities for the early history of
.

that in te restin g syste m of religion so n early allied to som e

of the latest spec u lation s a m on g o u rselves an d whic h has ,
viii P ROS P EC TU S .

i n fl u en c ed so powerfully a n d for so lon g a ti m e so grea t

, ,

—
a portion of the h m an rac e the system of reli gion whic h
u

we n ow c all B uddhis m The sac red books of the early

.

B u ddhists have preserve d to us the sole rec ord of the on ly

religiou s m ove m en t in the world s his tory whic h bears a n y ’

c lose resem blan c e to early Christian ity I n the history .

of speec h they c on tai n u n im p eac hable e viden c e of a s tage

in lan g u age m i dway be t wee n the Vedic San skrit a n d the

variou s m odern form s of speec h in I ndia I n the history .

of I n dia n lite rat u re there is n othi n g older than these works ,

exc eptin g on ly the Vedic writin gs ; a n d all the later c l assic al

San skrit literatu re ha s been profou ndl y i n fl u en c ed by the
i n tell ec tu al stru ggle of whic h they a fford the on ly direc t
eviden c e I t is n ot th erefore too m u c h to say that the
.
, ,

pu blic ation of this u n iqu e l iteratu re will be n o l ess im porta n t

for the stu dy of histo ry — whether an thropologic al philo
, ,

, ,
—
logic al li terary or religiou s than the pu blica tion of the ,

Vedas has alrea dy been .

The S u b s c r i pti o n to the Soc iety is On e G u i n e a a

,

year or F i v e G u i n e a s for six years payable in advanc e

, , .

E ac h su bsc ri ber receives post free the p u blic ations of the

, ,

Society .

I t is hoped that person s who are desiro u s to a id the p u bli ca

tion of these i m porta n t historic al texts will give D o n a t i o n s
to be spread i f n ec essary over a term of years .

S u bscrip tions for 1 8 8 3 a re n ow due, a nd i t is ea rnestly requested

tha t su bseri ere b wi ll send in their p a ymen to wi thou t p u tting the S ociety
exp ense a nd trou ble fp erson a lly askin them
to the o g f or . A ll who ca n

c on ven ien tly do so shou ld sen d the F i v e G u i n ea s f or s i x y e a r s , to

thei r own benefit a nd tha t f
o the S oci ety a lso.
 REPORT OF THE PALI TEXT SOCIETY
F OR 1 8 8 2 .

B Y T W . . a s DAv m s .

I HA V to o grat lat the m em bers

E c n u e the P fili Text S oc iety
of

on the fac t of its havin g sa fely s u rvived the an xio u s period

of birth a n d o f its havin g fairly en te red u pon what we

,

m a y a ll hope will be a c areer of s u c h u sefu ln ess as will

ful fil the p rom ise with whi c h it wa s started i n to li fe I ts .

birth was a nn ou n c ed in m y Hibbert L ec tu res in the May

of 1 8 8 1 A t first—as wa s on ly i n deed to be reason ably
.

—
expec ted s u bsc ription s c am e in b u t S lo wly a n d som e of ,

those fri en ds who were its first su pporte rs m a y have bee n

an xio u s at the lon g delay whic h has elapsed before th e y
have seen the first fru its of their su bsc riptio n s I trust their .

fea rs have n ow s u bsided : a n d I wou ld ta ke this opport u n i ty

of poin ti n g ou t ho w great is the debt whi c h we owe to

these first ad heren ts of a good c au se that was then withou t

frien ds a n d that b u t for their ti m ely a n d gen erou s a id m ight
,

have died still born W hen we rec ollec t that a ge n eration

-
.

elapsed after the pu blication of Tu rn ou r s Ma hfl vahea a n d ’

-
,

again an other gen eration a fter the pu blic ation of F a usbcill s ’

’

Dham m a— pada be fore a ny other Phli Text of i m portan c e

,

sa w the lig ht we m a y well su ppose that h a d i t n ot bee n

,

for the m an n er in whic h ou r fi rst su bsc ribers l ed the forlorn

hope an other gen eration wo u ld have passed be fore the objec ts
,

of the So c iety wo ul d have bee n a t all attai n ed A s it i s .

,

fu r ther effort was en c o u raged I t be c am e c ertain to wards

.

the c lose of 1 8 8 1 that the S oc iety wo uld live A n d the .

4 PALI TE XT SOC IET Y .

to the an c ien t c om m en taries u pon them a n d he su ggests ,

t hat these three c lasses of work s sho ul d be kept c are fu lly

separate .

He will see that this will be do n e Eac h work will be .

pu bli shed separate ly in parts by itself whic h are in ten ded to ,

be bou nd to gether in on e volu m e ; a n d th u s n o vol um e wil l

c on tain w ork s fro m a n y two of these differen t c lasses in to

w hi c h the P ali literatu re is n atu ra lly divided .

S ri S a ddhfin a n da Thera of Rat gam a who writes in P fil i

, , ,

also m en tion s the Pitaka books c on c lu din g a s u su al wi th, , ,

t he A b hid ha m m a a n d expresses the opin io n that the c o n te n ts

,

o f th e se last c a n best be learn t b y a stu dy of the work c alle d

A bb idha m m a ttha sa ngaha -

He therefore s u gge sts that t his
.

book with the t wo Tikzis u pon it a n d with t wo allied works

,
’

, ,

n a m e d S u c ittal a nk é ra a n d A b hidha m m fiva tfira sho u ld be i n ,

c l u ded in the s e ries o f P ali texts to be p u blished b y the So c ie ty

a n d he offers i f they are wa n tin g i n E u rope to s u pply t he

, ,

n ec essa y MSS
r He poi n ts ou t the desirabili ty of pr in ti n g t he
.

other Pali works n ot in c l u ded in the Pita k as a n d stron gly ,

in sists on the i m portan c e of o u r obtain i n g good MSS with .

the help of learn ed B u ddhist sc holars in B u rm a Sia m a n d , ,

C eylon .

Professor Childers left a part abou t on e third of a n edition

,
-
,

o f the A b hidha m m a ttha sang aha the i m porta n c e of wh ic h

-
,

wa s very early rec og n iz ed by hi m ready for the press It

, .

were m u c h to be hope d that o n e or other of ou r c on tri bu tors

shou l d c o m ple te this for pu b lic ation There are s u fi cien t
'

MSS for this pu rpose i n Eu rope : of the other works we

.

shou l d be greatly in debte d to ou r learn ed c orrespon den t if

he wou ld su pply u s with MSS .

P a fifian a n da Thera of G in tota a fter welc om in g the S o

, , ,

c i ety poi n t s ou t the advan ta g e whi c h it wi ll b e to t hose

,

readers of Pali who are n ot learn ed sc holars to have c orrec t

texts before them He lays stress therefore on the im port
.

a n c c of ou r u sin g good MS S stati n g in c i de n tally th at som e P fil i

.
,

texts lately prin ted i n Eu rope c on tain blu n ders (wh ic h is

v ery l ikely tho u gh i n the on e exam pl e he ac tu ally g i ves he
,

S ee m s to have c hosen abo u t the leas t lik ely i n stan c e ) He .

 P
RE ORT F OR 1 8 8 2 : 5

then very properly desires that the Jai n texts whic h we p rin t
shou ld be kept separate from the B u ddhist on es .

ri S u m an a Ti ssa of Min u wa n goda sets ou t the historic al

S ,
-
,

depen den c e o f B u rm ese a n d Sia m ese MSS on those of Ceylo n .

,

a n d stron gly i n sists on the gen eral s u periori ty of the latter .

A n d he s u ggests the a dvan ta ge i n ed i ti n g also b u t es pec ia lly

, ,

in tran slatin g Pa li texts of Eu ropean sc holars obta i n in g the

,

assistan c e of learn ed B u ddhist Theras i n Ceylon of the prin ,

c ip al of wh om h e gives a very i n te res tin g list F in all y in .

,

tou chin g a n d bea u ti ful lan g u age (a n d he is evi den tly a m aster
of style i n the gra c e fu l to n u e i n whic h he writes ) he gives
g ,

expression to the earn est desire whic h he him self feels to a id

in every wa y possible to him thou gh he has n ow grown old
,

in years the hi g h a n d worthy task so ful l of ben efit to the

, ,

world a n d so diffic ul t to fu l fil whic h the sc holars in Eu rope

, ,

belon gin g to ou r Soc iety have ven tu red to u n dertake .

W e are m u c h obl iged to ou r frien ds the n ative sc holars , ,

for these proo fs of their sym pathy a n d in terest a n d c a n ,

assu re them that their s u g gestion s have been c on side re d

wi th the respec t whi c h they deserve Nothin g wo uld give .

u s g reater pleas u re a n d a dva n tage than letters from the dis

tin g ui sh ed sc holars m en tion ed by Sri S um an a Tissa i n

, ,

respec t of Pali Texts pri n ted in Eu rope W e m u st on ly .

a sk that these letters shou l d be i n P fil i a n d n o t in S inhal e se ,

a s o n ly t wo or three of u s have the advan tage of u n der

stan din g the latter of these two lan gu ages They will .

fin d that ou r sc holars are very rea dy a n d willin g to ac kn o w

ledge a ny errors that m a y have c rept i n to ou r prin ted texts ,

a n d to c orrec t t hem in Lists of Corri ge n da in the follo wi n g

parts The fac t is we n ei ther hope n or expec t when texts

.

a re first pri n ted that they will be e n tirely withou t errors .

T his wa s n ot the c ase when the Latin a n d Greek litera tu re

wa s first pri n ted a n d will n ot be the c a se with ou r P ali
,

Texts B u t ou r p ri n ted books whic h will be all c are fu lly

.
, ,

edi ted by good sc holars a n d wit h c ollation of a n u m ber of

,

n ative MSS .wil l be m ore c orrec t even from the very first
, , ,

t han a n y on e MS ever c a n be They will als o be m u c h

. .

m ore prac ti c al a n d han dy for daily u se a n d referen c e On e .

6 PALI T Ex T SOCI ET Y .

of the m an y advan tages whic h we clai m for ou r texts over

t hose in MS is prec isely the ea se with whic h the fe w errors
.

they m a y c on tain ca n be poin te d o ut a n d disc ussed by re fer

en c e to c hapter a nd verse A n d when a c orrec t rea din g has
.

been on c e establish e d a n d p u blished in prin t it ca n n ever

, ,

after wards be lost or forgotten .

I t is the sa m e wi th o u r tran sla tion s There are for .

,

i nstan c e se veral p a ssages i n the version of the K ha n dha ka s

, ,

p ubl ished by Professor Olde nberg a n d m yself in the Oxford

series of the Sa c red B ooks of the East i n whic h we h a ve ,
”

been i n great dou bt as to the ren derin g of c ertain tec hn ic al

term s c o n n ec ted with the K a thina So also in the tran slation .
, ,

i n m y B uddhist S u ttas o f the passage in the Ma hfi p a rin ib -

bfin a Su tta I I 3 2 I have on ly been able to c onjec tu re

.
,

as to the m ean in g of the phra se oegha m issa kena Throu gh -

.

o u t a l l ou r tra n slatio n s s u c h do u bt fu l pas sages are u s u a lly

re ferred to i n the n otes ; a n d s u ggestio n s or c ri tic ism s (in

P fil i) fro m n ative sc holars on these or ot her poin ts i n E n glish
tran slation s of P fili texts will be gladly welc om ed a n d fol
,

lo wed a n d we tru st tha t we shall be able to p u blis h som e

,

su c h lette rs in the n ext volu m e of this Jo u rn al .

W e c a n also a ss u re ou r frien ds in Ceylon that we rec ogn i ze

as fully as they do the param o u n t im portan c e of m akin g u se
o f g ood MSS W e have en ou gh su c h already available fo r
.

som e of the p ublic ation s of the n ext year ; b u t for others ,

a n d for the texts to be p u blished i n followi n g yea rs we ,

m u st appeal for help fro m B u rm a Siam a n d Ceylo n We , ,

.

wan t m ost espec ially MSS (both texts a n d c om m en taries) .

of

Udfin a . P a tisa m b hida .

I ti vu tta ka
-
. A pad a a n .

Vim an a va tthu -
. Ka thfi-
va tthu .

Peta va tthu -
. P u gga la .

Visu ddhi m a gga -

.

The Soc iety is willin g ei ther to receive MSS of these books .

on loan or i n plac e o f su bsc ription s or to gi ve prin te d Pfil i

, ,

books of the sam e valu e for them or to pay for them in ,

m on ey .Sc holars in the W est are already workin g at the

 P
RE ORT F OR 1 8 8 2 .
7

I ti -
v u tta ka , the A pad a a
n , and the Visu ddhi m a gga -
. Good
M S S of these books
. a re before there
theref ore wa n ted a t once,

c a n be t i m e to have the m c opied W e wo ul d earn es tly ask .

that a n y Thera i n Ceylon who possesses c opie s o f th em a n d ,

who is desiro us to h e lp u s in c arryin g o u t ou r diffic u lt task ,

will be so ki n d as to allo w u s the u se o f t hem on a n y on e or

o ther of the term s j u st m e n tion ed A l l in q uiries on th e .

m atter a n d MSS i n t e n ded fo r the Soc ie ty sho ul d be se n t to

, .
,

the A tapattu Muda liyar of Gall e .

T his m atter of good MSS is m oreover of su c h i m portan c e .

that I have deem ed it advisa ble to a dd to the presen t iss u e of

ou r Jo u rn al su c h acc o u n ts o f the MSS at presen t exist in g in .

m ost of t he m ore i m portan t of o u r E u ropean libraries that ,

o u r fri e n ds i n Ce ylon wi l l be a ble to see i n what res ec t we

p
are alrea dy provided a n d that ou r c on tribu tors in E u rope
,

m a y be able to asc er ta in when c e MS S of the books they are .

work in g at c a n be proc u red To these I a dd a list of the .

MS S i n the two prin c ipal libraries i n Ceylon for p u rposes of

.
,

refe ren c e a n d c o m pa ri son .

W ith regard to o u r fu tu re work it shou ld be m en tion ed ,

that we hope to pu blish abo u t 2 5 sheets (that is 40 0 pa ges ) ,

re gu larly at abo u t C hristm as tim e eac h yea r u n til o u r im

portan t work is ac tu ally c on c lu ded The Vi n aya Pi taka .

bein g already n early c om pleted by the i nd u stry of its learn ed

e ditor Professor Olde n berg the follo wi n g table will show
, ,

h ow fa r that part of the Pali Pi taka s whic h the Soc iety

hopes to p u bl ish has bee n a t prese n t dealt with or u n der
taken
P B BL
RO A E

N A ME o r B oo x . NO or P A G E S .
l
E D IT O R .

The Di gha Nikzi ya ’

Mr Rhys Da vids
. .

The Majj him a Mr Tre nc kn e r

. .

The S a myu t ta
F irst S a m yu tta M Léon F eer
. .

The A ngu tta ra Dr Morris. .

1 This in cl udes the text onl y ; n ot the n otes a nd extra cts f

rom the c om
m en teri es .
 PALI TE XT S OC I ET Y .

On this it sho u ld be n oted that I have been so fully oc c u pied

t his year wi th the u n expec tedly wide c orrespo n den c e a n d

an xiou s tho u ght wh ic h the startin g of ou r Soc iety has

brou ght u pon m e t hat i t ha s n ot been possible for m e to
'

m ake m ore tha n a very little pro g ress with m y projec ted
edition of the D igha B u t abou t half of the work is in a
.

m ore or less forward sta te a n d fo u r of the larg est S u ttas

,

are already n early ready for the press a n d Dr Morris , .

has been k in d en ou gh to prom ise his assistan c e with respec t

to on e or two others whic h he has already c opi ed for other
pu rposes .

Mr Tren ckn er is hard at work at his edi tion of the

.

Majj him a whic h he is pri n ti n g withou t a n y assistan c e fro m

,

the Soc iety s fun ds I t will pro m ote the good c a u se n on e

’
.

the less for bein g in depen den t of ou r a id a n d ou r read ers ,

will all be glad to hea r that the edition of so i m portan t a

work by S O able a philolo gian is already in type to the exten t
Of bet ween t hree a n d fo u r h u n dred pages a n d bids fair to ,

arrive at a safe a n d speedy c on c l u sion .

Of the A ngu tta ra by Dr Morris we have the pleasu re

, .
,

already this year of presen tin g to the s u bsc ri bers the first
i n stalm en t c on tain in g the Eka Nipata a n d the D uka N ipata
, ,

together abo u t on e eighth of the whole work The editor

-
.
,

who i n spite of the c lai m s of other fields in whic h he is

,

already so distin gu ished has heartily devote d his wide kn ow

,

ledge a n d alm ost u n rivalled power of rapid work to the c a u se

o f ou r Soc iety ha s the n ext i n stalm en t well i n ha n d a n d a s
, , ,

will be seen belo w both gives a n d pro m ises other very s u b

,

sta n t ia l a id to the c om m on en terprise .

N 0 on e has as yet ve n tu red to u n dertake the whole of the

o n e re m ai n i n g of the fo u r rea t c olle c tion s of the S u tt a s b u t
g ,

M L éon F eer ha vin g c o n c lu ded the i m portan t works on

.
,

Tibetan B u ddhism on wh ic h he has been e n gaged will ,

begin a n d hopes to c om plete his edition of the first part

, ,

of it th is yea r ; a n d m a po ss ibly be pers u a d ed to c o n ti n u e it

y
after wards .

W ith regard to the m isc ellan eo u s c an on ic a l books we ,

stan d at presen t in the follo wi n g position

 PALI TE XT SOC I ET Y .

F a u sb o l lhopes to have the S u tta Nipfita a n d the n ew edition

o f his D h am m a pada ready du rin g the c o u rse of 1 8 8 3 ; a n d
-

the for m er of these two he will p u bl ish wit ho u t req u iri n g

an ass i sta n c e fro m ou r fu n ds T he Ja tak a as o u r rea ders
y .
,

will already k n o w he is p u blishin g in his m ag n ific en t e di tion

,

of the Ja tak a t tha va nna n a

-
a n d it will there fore be u n
-

n ec essary to repe at it wit hou t the c om m en ta ry i n ou r series

, ,

of P ali texts Dr F ran k fu rter ha s ha d his editio n of the

. .

Dham m a— sangan i n early ready for som e tim e b ut wishes to ,

perfec t it before p ublic ation b y fu rther c ollation with the MSS .

at Paris Dr Morris ha s so fa r progressed with the P u gga la

. .

that he on ly req u ires a short in terval to prepare it for the

press a n d we hope to distribute this work n ext year
, .

B esides the above P itaka books a n d s eparately from them , ,

we propose to p ublish also a selec tio n of late r works th ro wi n g

light on t he history of early B u ddhis m Of these the follow .

i n g m a y already be m en tion ed
P RO B BL
A E
N A M E OF B O OK . NO . OF P A G ES . E D I T OR .

Visu ddh i m a g ga - 50 0 Prof . L an m an .

Net ti pa ka ra na
-
1 80
Jéta ka m fil fi -
2 00 Prof Kern . .

L ali ta Vista ra 3 00
Ma dhya m a ka Vritti 2 50 Mr . B en dall .

Ma hfiva nsa 2 00
L al ata dha t
-
u va nsa
-
50 Dr Morris
. .

Bod hi -v
a ns a . 1 00
Ayfira nga S u tta . 1 20
B ha ga va ti
’
1 50
A b hidha m m a ttha sangaha -
50
M fil a a n d Kh u dda si kkhfi - . 50 Dr . Edward M u lle r .

2 1 50

This list m i ght be in defin itely exten ded it c on tain s on ly

at presen t the en gagem en ts already m ade a n d the n am es o f ,

on e or t wo other works whic h are parti c u larly wan ted Two .

of the m are Jain book s — that is books written by the fol ,

lowers of Niga n tha N étha p utta ; a n d three are San skrit

 P
RE ORT F OR 1 8 8 2 . 11

B u ddhist works from —

Nepa l that is books
writte n by the ,

follo wers of those B hikk hus who after the c lose of the ,

Cou n c il at Vesal i held the Maha Se ngi ti Of these on e of

,
.
,

the Jain works is c om pleted as fa r as the te xt is c on c ern ed

, ,

this year I t is sc arc ely n ec essa ry to poin t ou t to ou r su b

.

sc ribers in Ceylon that we do n ot propose to prin t these

works bec au se we believe the m to belo n g to the Pfil i Pitakas ,

b u t bec au se of their histo ric al i n terest a n d espec ially bec au se

o f the li gh t they m a y reaso n ably be expec ted to t h ro w u po n

the g ro wth of B u ddhis m W e learn en ou gh in the Pat h

.

Pitakas a n d i n later P fil i rec ords abou t NOtha p u tta a n d ,

abo u t the holde rs of the Ma hfi Sa figi ti to m a ke u s wis h ,

to kn ow m ore The works of their followers are the m ost

.

likely so u rc e from whic h su c h fu rther kn owledge ca n be

obtai n ed a n d we are partic u larly fortu n ate to have ha d
,

the advan ta ge of Professor Ja c ob i s help in this m atter ; '

whose work n ow p u blished the edition of the Ay aranga

, ,

S u tta will be the m ore u se ful as a tran slation of it by him

, ,

sel f will also appea r th is year a t Oxford .

Of the other works in this list the A bhidha m m a ttha ,

sangaha has already been referred to above (p The .

v ery val u able a n d im portan t port ion of the Ma hfiva nsa t hat

wa s p u blished by Mr Tu rn ou r is n ot on ly ou t of prin t a n d
.
,

diffic u lt to obtain b u t is n ot u p to the level of p resen t

,

k n o wle dge a n d is often i n deed i n c orrec t

, On e m a y be .

allo wed to sa y this witho u t detrac tin g at all fro m the high
esti m ation in whic h his weighty servic es to historic al in qu iry
ou ght al ways to be held F e w a n d fa r bet ween a m on g the
.

hard worked c ivil servan ts in I n dia a n d Ceylon are the m en

-

who are willin g to give u p the prec io u s ho u rs of their

sc an ty lei s u re ti m e to or igi n al work e it her o f a n his tori c al ,

or of a sc ien tific kin d ; a n d we of this Soc iety are the last , ,

who are l ikely to forget the debt of g rati tu de we o we to

Mr Tu rn ou r for the in te rest whic h he took hi m self a n d wa s
.
,

a ble to aro u se in oth e rs i n the n ative lite rat u re a n d rel ig io n

,

o f the people a m o n g who m his o ffic ial du ties lay Ne arly .

fi fty years ha ve elapsed si n c e he wrote ; a n d o n ly on e work

m a n has desc e n ded with prac tic a l pi c k a n d shovel i n to the
 PALI T Ex T SOC IET Y .

m in e whic h he open ed for u s A c a refu l edition of all th a t

.

c a n probably be resc u e d of the text of the ol der a n d alm os t ,

s u perseded Dip a va nsa is the resu lt of the n e w effort B u t

, .

we o u ght to have the whole of the Ceylo n Wa ns a p a th the ,

an cien t c i vil a n d religio u s chron ic les of the islan d m ade ,

ac cessible to the world i n prin ted texts I n the first pl ac e .

,

of c o u rse we wan t the P fil i Pi takas ; b u t this o u ght we to

,

do a n d n ot to leave the o ther u n don e a t least if ou r fu n ds

,
-
,

h ol d ou t . A n d that brin g s m e to the fin al poin t last b u t by ,

n o m ean s least of this report the qu estion of the presen t state

, ,

a n d fu t u re prospec ts of o u r fin an c es .

Perhaps I ou ght ho wever to a dd a word or two here

, ,

abo u t ou r Jou rna l I t will appear every year a n d c on tain a

.
,

Rep ort of work don e a n d work abou t to be don e B u t it will

, .

also be ope n for the in sertion of letters n otes a n d even sho rt , ,

papers relatin g either to the texts them selves or to early

,

B u ddhist his tory from the pe ns of n ative or of Eu ropean

,

schol ars a n d either in the En glish or i n the Pfili lan gu age

, .

W e hope also to i n c l u de in it A n alyses or Tran sla tion s

i n E n glish of Pfil i texts explan ation s of difi c u l t or m is
,

u n derstood term s Catalog u es of MSS I n dic es Glossaries

, .
, , ,

a n d oth er aids of a si m ilar kin d to the u se of the w ork s

pu blished by the Soc ie ty W e hope to rec eive a n u m ber of

.

su c h c om m u n ic ation s a n d shall be prepared if n ec essa ry

, , ,

to p u blish a n in term ediate n u m ber of the Jou rn al d u rin g

the c ou rse of the year .

The an n exed lists will show the n am es a n d addresses of

those who have c om e forward to assist the yo u n g S oc iety .

W ith on e or two exc eption s t hey ha ve all paid u p a n d w e

,

have rec eived in En glan d fro m

Do n ors
S u bsc ribers of F ive G u in eas
S u bsc ribers of One G u i n ea
Sale of MSS .

I n terest from the Ban k .

£ 2 04 1 4 6
 P
RE O RT F O R 1 8 8 2 . 13

It is n ot possible to state at presen t what our expen ditu re

h e re for this year will b e as ou r prin ters bills have n ot ye t
,
’

a l l c o m e in nor have the ac c o u n ts from Ceylon bee n yet

,

m ade u p for the year A c om plete B alan c e S heet m u s t

.

the refore be held over till the n ext issu e of ou r Jou rn al .

B u t it is possible to esti m ate the total c ost of prin tin g ,

bin di n g a n d despatc hin g to su bsc ribers the fou r parts we

,

issu e this year at so m e thin g u n der £ 1 3 5 I n other words .

,

t he eighty odd s u bsc ribe rs in E u rope a n d A m e ric a will

rec eive than ks to the don ors a n d the help we have ha d
,

fro m Ce ylon , abou t fif ty p er cen t m ore in prin ted m atter .

t han the val u e of their s u b sc ription s eve n rec kon in g the ,

v al u e of ou r iss u es at on ly t he c ost pr ic e I t will be n otic ed .

,

also that we have n ot en c roac hed for this year s expen ses
, ,
’
,

on the s u b s c rip tio n s pa id in ad van c e f r fi ve years That

o .

am ou n t re m ain s in han d for u se in du e proportion s du rin g

, ,

eac h su c c e ssive year .

A S to the fu t u re ge n erally I a m a fraid to prophesy lest ,

I S ho u ld ap pear too san gu in e B u t thu s m u c h is at least

.

c ertai n th at e v en i f the n u m ber o f s u bs c ribers rem ai n s t he

,

sam e as at prese n t we shall b e able to c on ti n u e ou r work

,

n reg u lar c ou rse I have alrea y u t c o m m u n ic atio n s i n

i . d p
t ra in wi th B u r m a Sia m a n d Japan
, , I t is sc arc ely li kely
.

t hat in a ll these three B u ddhist c ou n tries there sho u ld be n o

re su lt at all E ven in Eu rope a n d A m eric a we m a y fairly
.

hope for a fe w m ore s u bsc ribers O u r n ext year s iss u e will

.
’

b e som e what larger than t hat for the pres en t year ; a n d we

m a y reaso n ably loo k forward to c arry i n g to a su cc essful
c o n c l u s ion a n d th at wi t hi n a l i m ited n u m ber of years the
, ,

d iffic u lt a n d i m por ta n t en terprise whic h in spite of gloom y ,

prophec ies a n d of m u c h disc ou ragem en t we have th u s ,

v e n tu red to set on foot .

W hen that is don e B u ddhists thro u ghou t the world wi l l

have be fore them c om plete c opies of their sac red books in
the origi n al l an gu age ; a n d in a form a t on c e m ore ac c u rate ,

v e ry m u c h c h e aper a n d m ore han dy for u se th an the b u lky

, ,

MS S i n whic h a lo n e t hey a re a t presen t ac c essible E u ropean

. .

sc holars will have before them a val u a ble series of original

 PALI TE XT SOC I ET Y .

d oc u m en ts ost im porta n t a n d in terestin g

on one of the m
c hapters in h u m a n history Part of the res ul t will be on
.
,

the on e han d a m on g the B u ddhists them selves to en c ou rag e ,

th rou ghou t the East the stu dy of their an c ien t literatu re ,

a n d th u s to i n s u re a n d to pop u lari z e a n ac c u rate ac q u ain t

an c e with the prim itive or s o their ven erable faith a n d

f m f —
on the other h an d here i n t he W est to prov ide the bri c ks ,

o u t of whi c h histori c al works c a n be b u ilt u to e n li h ten

p g
u s on the deeper feeli n s of th a t larger half of the world o f
g
whic h we k n o w so m u c h too little A n d is it too m u c h to .

hope that a widespread ac q u ain tan c e am on g ou r edu c ated ,

c lasses with th e history of a rel igio n so re m arkably si m ilar

,

i n som e poin ts of its origin a n d i n th e whole c o u rse of its

f

de velop m en t to o u r own wil l do m u c h to en larg e their

,

sym pathie s a n d to a id them in form i n g a c orrec t estim ate

,

o f the real m ean i n g a n d valu e of n ot a fe w de tail s in the i r

o wn i n heri ted beliefs

T W RHY S DA VIDS . .
,

C H A I RMA N
L
.

T E MP E,

2 oth Dec 1 8 8 2
. .

P . S.
— There has been expec ted de lay at the last
an un

m om en t in the iss u e of ou r first year s pu blic ation s

’
B ut .

ou r s u bs c r ibers will rec ollec t that o u r e di to rs ha d less t han

a year to work in a n d that there are al ways u n u s u al dith

,

c u l ti e s at the c om m e n c e m en t of s u c h work as they have

u n dertake n Next year we hope to be fully u p to tim e

. .

P S .No 2 Ju st as this report is be in g stru ck off I have

. . .
-
,

rec eived the welc om e in telligen c e from Siam of the su bstan tial
don ation s m en tion ed i n the follo wi n g list .
 MEMB ERS OF THE P ALI TEX T SOCIETY .

l DONORS .

[ Th ose m a r k d with
e a n a steri s k are a ls o su b scn b ers .
]

H I S MA JES T TH E KI N OF S I A M Y G
H R H KROM MUN DEVA VANS A VA ROP RA KA R
. . .

A F RIEND To HI STORI CA L RES EARC H

EDWI N A RNOL D, E sq C I E , 1 5, H a roldston e Roa d . . . .
,

Crom wel l Roa d, 8 W .

*‘
TH O M AS A S H T ON , E sq , F ord B . an k, D idsbury, Ma nchester
*‘
L T CA VE , Esq L S W
'

. . .
,
1 3 , own des S q u ar e ,
. .

H VA A S OUR DA
. V V I DS , E sq , B a ta c i a , I sla n d o
f Ja v
.a

R HANNA H Esq , Cra ven H ou se, Queen s E l m , 8 1 7

.
, .
’
.

Th e l a te Dr MUI R, E din burgh .

R PEA RCE Esq , 3 3 , West Crom well Roa d, S W

' '

. . . .
,

2 . SUB SCRI B ERS OF F I VE GUI NE A S ( for S i x Y ea rs, down

to De c e m b er S l st,

TH O M AS A S HT ON , Esq .
( for Owen s Coll e e ,
g Ma n ch ester) .

TH E B AN G K OK RO Y MUSEUM , S IA M (per Hen ry A l a b a ster,

AL

J A BR
. . Y CE , E sq .
, Ra ngoon an d 7 , Norfolk S qua re, W , .

L T CA vE , Esq , 1 3 , L own des S q uar e, 8 W

. . . .

TH E CE YL ON B RANCH OF T HE RO A L A SI A TI C S OCI ET Y Y , Colom bo, Ceylon .

T . W RH YS
. DA V I DS , E sq .
,
3, B rick Court, Temp le, L ondon , E C . .

DONA LD F ER G U S ON , Esq .
,
Ceylon Observer Ofi ce, Colom bo, Ceylon .

JA M ES F ER G US SON , E sq .
,
2 0 , L a ng ha m P la ce, W
RALP H L G OODRI CH , Esq . .
, Cl erk o f the Un i ted S ta tes Court, Li ttle
Rock A rka nsa s, E S ,
.

W W HUNTER, Esq ,. . . LL D . .
,
Director Genera l o f S ta tistics,
Ca l cu tta .

DI} ED M OND HARD Y ,

E epp en heim , E csse Da rmstadt
'

1 To b e pa id in te n years .
 PALI TE X T S OCI ET Y .

Professor 0 R LA N . . MAN H ar var d Universi ty, Ca m bridge, Mas s , U S

, . .

The Revd RICH ARD . MORRI S , M A , LL D , Wood Green , N . . . . .

R A NEIL , Esq
. . . MA . .
, F el low o f P embroke College, Ca m bridge .

W P PRI CE, Esq , Ti bber ton H a ll , Glouc ester

. . . .

T W A TTERS , Esq , E M Consu l , Ta m S in, Chin a Nu tt g

’

. . .

H ENR Y C WARREN, Esq , 6 7 Moun t Vernon S treet, B oston, Ma n , U S

. .
, . .

THE CIT Y FR EE LI B RAR Y ,

Z urich .

GA NACHARYA WIMALA -
S AB A TI S SA STH AW IRA , f
o the A mbaga hap i ti ye
Wihdra , l i ta ra , Ga l l o
'
.

3 . SUB SCRIB ERS OF ONE GUI NEA , to Dec 3 1 st, 1 8 8 2 . .

[ Now th a t the sta ili t b y of the S oci et yi s practic a ll y assured the g

advan ta e of
S U B S C RI B m G F I vE G UI N E A S I s VE RY E A RN ES T Y su sc r L ,

C O MM EN D E D to b ib ers
g
the a dvan ta e, tha t is, not onl y to thems el ves of trou l e sa ved, a nd of on e b ea r s
'

b
su scri ti on
p a in e b u t a l g d
so to the S ociet of ca s i n a n , a nd of the
y h h d cul t y
and expense of coll ectin
,

ea rl y su scriptions a voi ed ] gy b d
T HE A MS TERDA M UNI V ERS I T YL I B RA R Y .

THE A STOR LI B RAR Y Mw Y k

, or , US . .

TH E A S IA TI C S OCI ET Y B G OF EN AL , Ca lc utta ( two c opie s ) .

THE B A TA VA I SOCI ET Y AR OF T S A ND S CI ENCES , B a ta vi a , I sla n d of Ja va .

. . Y
H M B A NES , Esq , 1 8 S ou th H i ll P a rk Roa d, H a mp stea d, N IV .
, . .

Th e Rev d SA M UEL B EA L , F a ls tone Rectory, Wa rk on Tyne, Northa m

.
-

berla nd .

C ECIL B ENDALL , Esq .

, F ellow o f Ca i us College, Ca m bri dge, B ri tish
Museu m, W C . .

THE RO Y AL UNI VERS IT YL IB RAR Y ,

B erli n .

Prof M B LOO . . M FI ELD, Johns H op kins University, B a ltimore, Mary

la nd, U S . .

TH E P UB LI C LI B RAR Y ,
B oston , Ma ssa chusetts, U S . .

E L B RAN DRETH , Esq , 3 2 ,

. . . E l va ston P la ce, Qu een s Ga te, S W
’
. .

TH E B RESLAU UNI ERSIT L IB RA R V Y Y .

T H E B ROW N UNI V E RS IT Y L I B RA R Y , P rovidence, Rhode I sla nd, U S . .

The Re vd S TOPF ORD B . ROOKE , 1, Ma nchester S q ua re W , .

Th e l a te Dr . B URNELL , M a dra s Ci vi l S ervi ce .

P rofessor J E CA RPENTER, L oa thes H ouse, S t John

. . .
’
s A venue, N . W
TH E COPENH A G EN V UNI ERS IT YL IB RAR Y .

TH E CE Y LON GO V RNM
E ENT NORMA L COLLE E , Colom bo, Ceylon G .

EDW ARD CLODD, Esq 2 8 , . Ca rleton Roa d, Tufnel l P a rk, JV .

P rofessor COW ELL , Ca m bridg e .

Profe ssor F A USB OLL , 4 6 , S m a le ga de, l Vesterbro, -

c en hagen , W .

Dr FRANKF URTER, 42 ,
. Wa l ton Crescent, Oxford .
18 DALI TE XT S OCI ET Y .

S P
. . DA SIL V A, Mu ha ndi ra m Ma tara , , Ceylon .

J. WETT H A
SI NHA , Esq , S la ve I sla n d, Colom bo, Ceylon . .

GE HEm RA TH Professor S TENZL E E , B resla u

- .

Ma dll e MOOUIN TA NDON , Chatea u de P a u liac , p a r S a verdun , A ri ege

.
- .

Professor T1 EL E , L ei den .

THE TU B IN GN E UNIV R I Y L R RY
E S T IB A .

TH E LIB RA R Y OF UN V R Y C G L
I E SI T OLL E E , on on d ( C ower S h eet, W.

Professor WILLIA M J V HAN T l . A UG , usca oosa , A la ba ma , U S . .

Professor MONIE R W M M t L
ILL IA S, er on ea , Oxford .

Dr WIL LIA MS S LI B RA RY Graf ton S treet W C

.
’
, ,
.

Dr II W ENZEL Herrnhu t E rr Mi ssion ar Jd schlce)

' '

. . .
,

Professor Dr ERNST W I NDI S OH The Uni versi ty L eip zig

.
, ,
.

4 . S UB SCRI B ERS IN CEYLON

( p er li st sen t in b y E R Gu n sm tn a , Esq. . .
, A ta pa ttu Mu da li fir,
of G a l l o) .

WE LI GA MA DHA MMA RAL A STH AW I RA , Wya ydna nda Wi hara C a lls .

S A DDH ARALA S TH AW I RA , S uda mm drd ma , K a du rup e, C a lle

’

P A NNANA NDA S THA W I RA , Ti bhd miledrdma , G in tota , Ga lle .

PALITA S THA W I RA , P ur dna P ni wena , P iya dzga ma , Ga l le '

.

S RI SAD DHANAN DA , of S ri C a ne lVihdra , Ra tga ma , G a llo .

KA TU -
K URUNDE DEW A -
RAE RH ITA STHA W I RA, B ip a du tta ma Wiha ra ,

KA LURE SARANA NDA S TH AW I RA , B a da lla Wihara

'

, C a lls .

F RE DERI ORA CEOI LI A DIA S , I l a nga lcoon , Ma ha wa la wwa , Mata ra .

ED MR GOONE RATNE , A tap a ttu Muda liydr, C a l ls

UND . .

A RT HUR JA Y AW ARDANA , Muda liydr, B en tota K ora le, B en tota .

JAM ES DE SILVA KARUNA RATNE , Mu da l iydr, E i nidu m P a ttu , E in idu m .

A NDREA S DI SS ANAYI IIE Muda l iydr, Ga nga bada P a ttu , B a ddega me

, .

TA N G A LLE S UNA NDA S THA W I RA, Mirissa .

SI M ON PERERA A B A YAW A RDA NA , Ga llo .

P A fifiA SEKH ARA STH A W I RA, K odagoda

-
.

II A . . WiRASINHA Muha ndi ra m H a mba n tota

, , .

I DDA M G AL ODA B ASNAY A RA NI LAME , P a l ma du lla .

PIYARATA NA TI S SA STH A WI RA , Chief f S a i la bi

o m bdrdma ,
Dod a n du wa
-
.

DHAMMARAMA S THAW I RA, o

f Ja ya wa rda na Wi h ra , P iti wel la a .

S ARAL ANRARA STHA WI RA , of S a il a mbim bdrdm a , D oda ndu wa .

DEW UNDA RA PI YA RA TANA S THA W I RA , of S a i la bi m bdrdma , Dodanduwa .

GALLE PALI TA STHAWI RA , f

o S a ila bimbdrdma , Dodandu wa .
 L I ST OF M EMB E RS . 19

S UMANASARA STHAW I RA , f
o S a il a bi m bd rd m a , D od a nd uw a .

P ORA M
DH AM MARAMA,BA of S a il a bi m bd rd m a , D od a nd uw a .

T A NG ALLE PA NNANANDA , f
o S a i la b i mb dr d ma , D odandu wa .

H IE RADUW E S UMANGA LA , Prin cip a l of lVidyddaya College, a nd Ma hd

n dya ka
’
of A da m s P ea k .

K UMARAW A DA NI EORIS DE SIL A , of B assa , nea r C a ll s V .

G
K OGG ALA SI RI SAN HA TISS A STHA WI RA , P ara m na nda Wi h a a ra , C a l ls .

T B PANAB OREE , I nsp ector of P ol ice, N wa lap i tiya

. . a .

B ULA T A GM A DHA MMAL ANE ARA S RI S U M A NA TISS A , Chief T hera of

P a ra m a na nda Vihdra , C a l ls
J .

C OLA S U M ANA S THA W I RA , S slul tdrdra ma Ra tga ma .

W AJJI RA S ARA S TRA W I RA, C a negoda lla IVi hdra , K osgoda .

DHA MMA TIL AIIA S TH AWIRA , S iri wa dda n drd ma , Mdda mp a .

A MB A GA H A WATTE I NDAS AB HA W ARA NANAS AMI S THAWI RA, B ha mma

C ap ta P iri wena , P a yyoga la .

SU M ANA TISSA STH AW I RA , S una n ddrd ma , H iri mbu rs, C a l ls .

S AN GH A RARE HI TA STH AW I RA, Wa lulcdrdma , Da da lla C a lls .

L OUIS CORNEI LLE WU ESI NH A , Muda liydr, M dta le .

G UN ARATANA STH AW I RA, P a ragoda lVihdra , Wa liga ma ,

C a l ls .

MANANA H EWA A RI S, of B a ldp ola .

S A DDH ANA NDA STH AW I RA of K u ma ra ma hdwihdra , B a da lla .

M EDHANANDA S THAWI B A , S irin i wésdrdma , K a ha ws .

JAM ES WI K RAMA RA TNA , Muda liydr, Wel la ba da P a ttu , C a ll s .

K ODA GD
O A SiLAW ANSA S TH AW IRA, o f A n dagoda wi hdra , C a lls .

WiRAHzENDI A B EH AM I , f
o Ra tga ma ,
D oda ndu wa , C a lls .

S A DDHATI SSA STH AW I RA , S uda ssa ndrdma , B uses, C a lls .

A TTADA SSI STHAW IRA , S uwisu ddhdrd ma , M da mp e, B a lap i ti a .

W I MALA RATANA STHAW I RA , S ubha ddrdrdma , B a lap i ti

-
.

SU M ANA TI SSA S TH AW I RA , C a ngdrdma , M da mp e, B a lap iti a .

LOUIS y a
D E Z OY SA , Ma h Mu da li dr, K osg oda .

A TU RATIYE KIRTI SRI S UMANGALA , Chief T hera f

o the Mata ra D istrict .

I NDURUWE PA fii ANA NDA STHA WI RA , f

o Ja ya sslca rdrd ma .

SU G ATA SAS A NA DHAJA WI NAYAOARYA DH AMMALANIIARA STHA WI EA ,

o f Ma ha Rupp i n a Ma da li nddrd m a .

C OLA -
RA DUMA S THA W IR A, of Dhiga wdluhdrdma , Dikwella .

G UNAP ALA S THA WI RA , of Tap odha nd rdm a .

PA NNALANRARA STHA W IRA, M R

'

ll
'

o f a nda ld rdma a tga ma , C a s , .

S UNANDARAMA TI SS A S THAWIRA , f
o A bhin a wdrdma , Wa lip a ta P a ttu ,

PEMANANDA STHAW I RA, f P urwdrd

om a , K a ta l u wa ,
C a lls .

NANI NDASAB HA S IRISADDHAMAOOARI YA , of S udha mmdrdma , Eldeniya .

20 B AL I TE XT S OC I ET Y .

MI NUANB ITI YEG E MA TH ES PERI S of Egoda uya na , P a n a dura ,

- .

KA TRI TA NTI RI HEW AGE KOVIS PERI S , of Egoda uya na -

.

SI W A X A S THA W I RA, of Ja ya seka rdrdm a .

A RIYA W A NS A B HI X X HU , f
o l Vi cittra n a n da Wihara , C a ll s .

WAJI RA SARA STH AW I RA , M ha hap ina — d l i d d l i ta ra

o f a p m u a n dr m a ,
.

A RIY A RA TA NA S THA W I RA , o
f S u ba drdrdma , B a lap i tiya .

UDA XADA DH AMMA X RH ANDA S THA WI RA , of B odhirdj drdma , B oga ha

p i tiya .

S IRI SU NANDA S THA W I RA , of S i rin iwesdrdma , K osgoda .

RA TANA TI S SA S TH AWI RA , of S una nddrdm a , K osgoda .

S I RI S UME DHA S THA W I RA, of P us hp drdm a , Ma la wen na .

S I RI SUNA NDA S TH AW I RA , of S elu tta rdrdm a Ra n dom be , .

S iL AE E H AN DA S TH AW I RA , f oB oga hap i tiya l Vi hdra , C a l wehera .

S RI NI WA SA S THA W IR A , f
o th e R a n wcs l l e Wi hara , K a ta l u wa .

B UDDH A SI RI TI SSA STHA WI RA, o f A m baga hap i tye l Vihdra , l i te ra .

MA DAL A GA MA DHA MMANAN DA STHA W I RA of S u bha dra Ra ma K a ta lu a

‘

, , .

W ALA W WE I NDAJOTI , o f Ul a wi ta l a W ham , C a ll s .

NA NDA RAMA TI SSA ST H AW I RA , of Muha l a nga m ua , Negom bo (for 6 yea rs) .

EL GI RIYEGE B ASTI A N DE SIL

f M o da ra PV t
A, o
a u wa ta , .

B A STIA N DE SIL V A, P oli ce H ea dma n of Moda ru , P a tu wa tu .

S A DDH AN AN DA S TH A WI RA , f A sokoa R m a , K a tu ta ra a .

Col HE NRY S OL COTT ,

. . P resi den t of Theosop hica l S oci ety, C a ll s .

G UNARATA NA TI SSA STHA WI RA , f

o S uda rsa na Rdma K a tup i ti , M da mp e, a
Chi la n ( for si x yea rs ) .

V
A NDRI S DE S IL A , 2 nd S eidhdn Ara chi , A m ba l a mgoda .

W R MENDI S B a lap i tiga

. .
, .

ASAB HA TI SSA S TH AW I RA of Negombo , , A m baga hap i tiya .

SUGA TAB AL A STH A W I RA , of Ta lga ha wa te TVihdra , Wa elca duwa

‘
-
.

DH A MMARATAN A S TH AW I RA , of A m baga hap itiya .

S ARA NA TI SSA S TH A W I RA , o
f A m baga hap i tiya .

S A MI DDHI NXA RA S TH A W IRA , of A m baga hap i yiya .

S E ANA NDA STH A W I RA , of K a ly na Wi h ra K a l uw moda ra a a a .

SU G ATA TI S SA STH AW I RA, f o A m bag ahap i tiya :

DH AMMA SIB I STRA WI RA , of S a m i tta Rdm a K a l u ta/ra
, .

A LB AR AD URA SI MAN , o f Ra tg a m a .

DO M PE B UD DH A RA XX IT A S TH A W I RA , of K asla n i , Colombo .

PA NNAMOLI S TRAW I RA , of A m bag a hap i tiya .

S ORA TA S THA W IB A ,of A mbaga ha p i tiya .

MEDHAW ITI SSA STH A W IRA, of B hetras a nna Wihara Wa s/ca duwa ,
.

Dl P A W I SAB ADA STH AW I RA , f P h Wihara K a lu ta ra

'

o o u newa tta , B esestra , .

 A PP ENDI X .

LETTERS F ROM THERA S I N CEYLON .

‘

I .
—F rom P iya ra ta na Tissa Thera , f
o Doda n du wa , nea r C a lls .
2

London ara PAli pot sa m phda ka sa bhfiwe pra dhAn a twa

nu w

y a t a p a tw fi T W Rhys Davids m a ha tm a fi
. .
y p ra dh 6na em a

s a b hfiwa ta dsirwfida stu ti m ul wa li fi m ata k ka ra e wa n a m

y
- .

Mahat warun i ,

S fis tra yen di yunu wi ga nra wan wita n a m lat Y firopa ya Adi

n oyek rat a w<B S i u gat m a ha tu n wisin su ddha wfi figa m a k -

soyan a m e kalaya t u la B u ddha desa n fiwa I n grisi a kure n -

a c c u ga swa lo wa patala kirim a pod u sa m fiha yfige diyu nu wa

san dah a i tfi u tu m wwda k wa hwn gen a wfiya Eseheyin m e .

patan ga t m fi hce n gi ya ha pa t kriyfiwa at n o h<B ra a wa sfin a ya

- -

d ak wa u tsa ha da ra na wa (3 13n api da halt porottu we m n . .

S y
fi k a m u n l n dra ya n waha n S é wisin desa n fi ka rana la da .

su ddha wfi dha rm a ya W in a ya pi tahaya S fitra pi tah aya A bhi - -

dhar m a p ita ka ya yi P i taka wa s u ye n t un a ka

-
Ehi W in a ya
-
.

pi taka n a m P hrdj ikfi Pa oitti Ma hawa gga Cfila wa gga Pari

, , , ,

wfira yan a m e pot pa ha yi E bawa m esé kiyan a ladi

. .

Tes u P drfij ikB ka ndarn Pa c ittiya m a thapa ra m

-

B hikkh u n i n a m Vib ha ngo ca Ma hdv a ggo a thfip a ro

C fil u va ggo ca P a rivfiro Vi aya

n -
p i ta ka m m atam .

S fitra pita ka ya
-
nam
[ Here f oll ow the na mes f
o the f ou r

Nilcdya s a nd o f a ll the sep a ra te books in the fif th] . E ba wa

m es é Kiyan a l a dl .

These l etters are printe exa ctl d y as written Thou gh t mpt d t

e e do so in
o
h
.

som e pl a ces I ha ve not ven tured to a l ter them , a nd the a ut ors ha ve ha d n o

Opportun ity of revision .

3 He is m entioned in the list of h

sc ol ars gi
ven in Letter I II .
22 DAL I TE T SOCI ET X Y .

Ca tu ttins eva su tta n ta ti va ggo yassa sa fl ga ho

’
-

Esa Di gha n ikfiyo ti pa tha m o a n ul om iko

-

Diya ddha sa ta -sn tta n t dv e a ca su ttan i yattha so

Nikfiyo Majj him o pa fic a da sa v agga pa rigga ho - -

Satta su tta sa ha ssfiu i satta S u tta sa tADi c a

- - - -

DVAS a tthi C eva su ttan i eso S a myu tta sa mga ho

’
-

Nava su tta sa ha ssfin i pa ii c a su tta sa tfl n i c a

- - - -

Satta pa fififisa su ttfini sa nkhfi A ngu tta re a ya In

-
.

Khu dda ka patho Dha m m a pa da m Udan a xn I tivu tta k a rn

-

S u tta n ipfito Vim fiu a m P eta va tth u m a thap a ra I n

Thera theri -
Jfita ka m n iddeso P a t isa m b hida
ca

A pa dau a rn B u ddha va nso C a riyfip ita ka xn eva c a

P a nnfira sa pa bhedo ya In n ikfiyo K hu dda ko m ato
’
-
.

A bhidha m m a pitahaya n a m [ H ere f ol low the n a m es

-

bawa m esé kiyan a la di .

Dham m a sangan i Vibha nga fi ca Ka thfiwa tthu ii ca P u gga l

-

Dhfitu Yfim a ka P a tthfin a m A bhida m m o ti vu c ca ti

- -
.

Mehi san dahan kara na lada P firfij ika pota Adi kota ( e ti pot
tis eka pa m an uk B u du n wa dfil a tu n P ita ka ya ta ( e tul a t we .

Meyin pita twfi W isn ddhi m argaya Adi a n iku du pot S iya l la m a -

u rfita na fic fir a warayan wisin tu n P i a ka a ta (B tu l a t e 6

p y
-
t y
ka ru nu prak asa kiri m a wa sa yen karana lada p ot ya Eyin u t .

t u n P ita ka ya ta karana lada a t u wa kath a B u ddha m a ta ya ta -

a wi ru ddh a a ridden m a i ta an u we karana lada b oew a tu wa

p
ka thfi dc firi hu dak wa tib é
. E he yin m ehi m fila san dahan .

karana la da W i n a ya pita ka ya ta a yiti pot paha wen a wen a m a t

- -
,

esém a S u tra p ita ka a ta a yiti pot da ha n a m a a da A b hidh a rm a

y y
-
,

i a ka a ta a yi ti pot hata da we n wu tibe n ta a c c u oes i m a ho n d

’

p t y g
a wa m is u Ku du sika Mu l u sika Adi p ra ka ra na pot i t a eka t u
,

kirim a y u tu m e ta .

S iya m B u ru m a Le nka yan a rata t u n ehi su ddha wa n i wara

diwa tibe n a p ela p otwa l in ya m ra ta k a potwa l in a c c u goesi m a
ka ra na wa n a m itiri rata deké p otwa l a i ta we n a swa tihen a
ta m adh o lipi wa Sa yen yedi m a da a t u wa pot a c c u guaswi m a
’

karana wi ta ka da 6 6 pelat a kara na la du a t u wfi wen wen

w a sa yen m a yedim a hon duwa p én a wa ya .

Me pot a c c u goesi m a goen a ape a da ha sa Sa bbfiwa ta da u wa

yawan a lesa E R G u n a ra tn a Gfill é A ta pa ttu wé Mu diya n se
. .
 L ET TE RS rROM C E LON. Y 23

Rfila hAm in n An se wisin kiya n a l a din m e ba wa Sa bhAwa ta m esa

l i yfi Oppa ka ra n te yodu n e La nka wé G fill é W mlla ba da pa ttu wé
D oda n du wa Sa il s bim bfirémfldhipa ti Piya ra ta n a Tissa S tha
w i ra wan a m am a
W arsha 1 88 2,mm mm
d
,

2 4 weni ini Sa ila bim bardmedi ya .

II — E
.
'
om S a ddhdna nda Thera , f
o Ra tga m a , nea r C a lls .

Na m o m a hA kfl rnnika ssa Sa tthu n o -

Na m o su dha m m assa ti loka ketu n o - -

Na m o m a hA sa ngha ga na ssa ti din o - -

Na m o ka ritVdn a Si va m bha j fim a no .

A m b akan kira bha ga v a tfi j an a tfi pa ssa th ara b uta sa m m fi .

sa m b u ddhe na sata sa ha ssfidhike ca tn a sa nkheyye kappe da

n fida yo das a pfirfl m i o pu re t sa de v a ka ssa l okassa sa ga

g
y
-

m okk ha su kha téya desi te su tisu pi ta kesu Vi n aya p ita ko

-

B u ddha sfiva kfin a m b hikkhfl u a rn sikkhfipa da p a fifl a tti va sen a

- - -

loka vana sfisa n a vajj a m p a kfise tvfi n fin fi n a yflya n itiya desito

- - - - .

Ta m Mah d kassapa thera pa m u khehi p ufic a sats hi a ra ha n tehi

- -

sa m m fi Sa m b u ddha ssa sa n ti ke s u tv fi dhfirita n aye n a sam ga

- -

i a P rfi ikA pfitho P fic it ti C fil a v a ggo Ma hfiva g go

y i tv a d m fi j -

P a ri v fira pfitho ti pa fica pottha ka t ha pitA

-
S u tta n ta p ita ko .
-

a ha ttha pa b ba i ta de va b ra h m fidl n a m sfidhfira na n a n o vfide hi

g j - - - -

C e va n fin fi n a yehi c a p a tim a n di tfi Satt ha sa vya nj a n fi ga m

’
-

bhi ra desa n fi Ta m pi yath a vu tte sa mgfiya n a sam aye ida m

-
.
-

D i gha n ikfiya rp Majj him a n ikfiya m A ngu tta ra n ik fiya rn S a m

- - -

yu ttu n ikfiya rp Khu dda ka n ikfiya n ti pa iic a n ikfiya sa mgAya

- -

n firfilh a A bhidha m m a p ita ko deva brah m a pa m u khfina rn

.
- -

-d
h t h
sa b b esa rn ga a t a p bb a a
j i tfin a m S EdhA ra na
-
Vi s ittha esa n fi -
.

Ta sm im Citta- gati - l a kkha nfi p a kasité Ta m pi ya thfi vu tte hi .

-

B u ddha ssa sa m m u kha mg yfi i tv d i da

su te hi
m a ra ha n tehi sa

Dha m m a sa mga n i—
pa ka ra na m Vibha nga m Ka thfiva tthu r n Pu
g
a l a In Dh fitu Y a m a ha -pa ka ra na n ti satta p a ka ra na m sen a
g
- -

h a p itd
t .

I m e Su sa tta su
p a ka ra nesu sa bb e a bhidha m m a tth e i
p d
n e tv a
p orfin a ken a A n u ru ddha m ah -
a the ren a ati -
khu dda ko A bhi
d ha m m a ttha -
Sa rnga ho kato . Ta m A bhidha m m a ttha sam ga
ham yo koc i ficfiriya m u khena
-
u
gg a nhe
yy a sa tta su pakara
 ALI XT
-

B TE SOCI ET Y.

nesu n iru ssfihen a D issa nsa yen a c heko bha va ti yeva . I m a ssa
m a ha ggha bhfiv a rn yadi v anna yissa xn dasa dv ada sa pa y; a
m a tten a likhita b bfin i hon ti Tas m fi e tta ken a m a ha ggha .

b hav a nl Vij An itVa tika dV a yen a sa ddhi -

A bhidha m m a ttha
sa ni a ha ii c a ta d a n to a dh a xn S u c i ttfil a nkfira fi ca A b hidha m
’
g g
m dva tfira fi p y
ca a ri e si tva a b h id ha m m aayam
-
n fp a t h a m a ta ra tn

u gga nhitu fi ca satta k ra na m a na n ta ra r k a l ij S i t fi

‘

p a a
-
n a t V e r
p u

ca u tta ta ra n ti m a fififim i
y .

Y adi A bhidha m m a ttha sa mga hfidi khu dda ka p a fic a pottha

- - - -

k fin i sa m ip e n a san ti ta n i m a m a In l ekha n e n a j fin apeyya

L a nkadipika m m arisfin a m sfim fij ika m G fil u n agare m a hfi -

m a eca xn sah Aya rn ka tvii l ekhfip etva pa hi n itum sa kkh i ssam i .

Tedd pa ribha ya m pi yoj eta bba m bha vissa ti .

I m fin i yatth a v u ttém i sa bbl mi pi pottha kfin i a m hfika m B ha

‘ ‘
-

a va ta yeva desithn i I m d fi t th kA p jj h fi
g e sa rp e sa n p o a n a I a sa -
. .

yattha Vij fin a n a tthfiya a ttha ka tha tlkfi l l n utth a pa ka ra nhni o - - -

’

eva Mfiga dhika VeyyAka ra na pottha kh i ca b a ha V O sa n ti

- -
.

TAn i s a b b fin i i oc h i ta b b a n eva Sab b a ’

p o tth a k e sn n fim a l e
.
- -

khan am a m a ocfin a ni sa n tike san ti ti m a fi fifim i

1
.

A m a c o ehi m u d r fi p a n a p o t th a kfi n i -
yat h a sa t t iy a w a v e
” a - .

p ottha ka n
’
eva p a ri esi tv a
y m u d rfi eta bbfin i
p T a rn ta thfi . .

sa m ade m n y
p t u tt a t a ra n ay a n i
-
v a kk h Am i Ma t a m m a ra tt h a .
-

Vasin o C eva Syfim a dew vasin o c a dve tayo pundite bhi

’ -

kk h a v o L a nk fidl p ik e su S y a m a n ikfi y a M a r a t
n m
‘
a n ikfi y es u

pandite dve bhikkha vo sa hfiye ka tva ya thfi sa ttiya sodhitfin i -

h
o tt a k an i g fiha p e tvd p o t th a k e m u dr fip e
yy m n s u n d a ra ta ra tn
p
no c e m u d rfip yy r
e u n n a S d h u b ha v issa n ta
i ti m a fifi a m i M a m
’
.

e ta r p V i fi fifipa n a tn a
pa t ikk hi p i tv fi Abh o
ga m ka tva yu tta ta ra rn
sa l l ekkh en tu p a ndi tfi ti . .

T um hehi m firisehi L a fi k di a —
fi p ppa hite sfisa n a -
p a nn e S5 .

ranga s u ttun ti [ the Ayaran ga Su tta ] eka tp pottha ka rn m u

-

drap u n y j
it x o ita n ti sa ii ii i ta rp Ta rp L
‘

a fi kfi di p a S y fim .a Ma - -

ram m a ra tthesu a pfika ta xn Tasm a ta m ken a desita m kidisa n .

ti Vifiiifitu m n a sa kkom i .

Sfisa n ika pa n dite

- y e va sa h a ye k a tv fi a n a va
l] p
a o tth a k e la .
-

i
bh tv fi m u d rfipi t urn du tiy a ta ti ya m pi fi
j p
n fl e m i
- .

Tu m heh i Y u rop a - desike hi p anditfim a oc ehi MAga dhikfin i

S ail i cet the Officers of the B ali Text Society
’
1 .
 B AL I T EXT SOC IET Y .

saha s uddhu B uddha dha rm a yé ta twa ya dmn a gce nm a t sidu

wen a wa pam an uk da n owa ta m u u n fin sél figé wisfila wfi kl rtiya t
n o n msl boh6 di r ha kfil a a t lé ka ehi mt i w ti w fi
g y y p ra
p a a n a ta

kisi m a sce ka ya k m e ta Esé keri m en B u ru m a Siya m La n kfl

.

yan a tun ra te m a B uddha dha rm a ya da t siya l u pa ndita yo m a

sa tu tu ka ra n a
t p u l u w an w en n fi w fig é m.a m i t a dfi y a k a w a
p ot
l a bfi gm n i m a ta ba lfi p orottu wen fl wfi B uddha bh a kti ka ya n gé
.

da sit n o ha k ul u wfi p u b u du ka ra wa n ta ta m u u n fin sél fita h aaki

.

m e n a wfita m a ta sa tta ka ya M e ban du m ahat wwda k n iwa

.

ra di wa su ddha wa eka wa ra a m a kiri m é tiben a a m a ru ka m

‘

t
n o dce n a m a m a kiya n a wfi n o wé a
y .

Da ena ta m u drfinka na ya kara wan a l a du wa a pa rata tat ltehi

tihen a Ma ha va gga P fili n a m (E ti W in a ya pota wa ra din gaha

n a w a t ib en a n i s a m e ra ta ki s i m a pa ndita ke n ek l ta r u c i n o

weti . Ta m u n n fin sélfigé m ansiya ta t esé u ni n a m s ka m ahat

ka n a gfitu wa k saha a lfibha ya k da weyi .

B u ru m a S iya m La n kfi yan a tu n raté itfi wm da ga t m a ha tu n

tu n den ek da m e u tu m wmda ga t wa ad éta b mn dl sit in a n isat
dha n a wa n ta wfi fifin a wa n ta wfi ta m u n n fin séla n o pas u ba sn fi ,

lada dha irya sit (B tto n isat ni wa ra diwa su ddha wa m a m e

wa sde i ta hon di n m a ka ra wa n ta ta m u u n fl n sélfita p ul u wu n m a
wéya yi m a m a wiswfisa karam i .

B u r u m a raja tu m ek wi sin Pfili b hfishfiwehi daksha B u ddha

dha rm a yehi ta twa ya m a n fl lesa da t pra siddha pa ndi ta m aha
stha wi ra ya n wa ha u sél fi l a wfi su ddha ka ra wfi kiri ga ru ddha
, .
-

a l l ce l iwa l a B u r u m a a k u ru wa l i n kot a wan a l ad u wa Mandale

g
n u wara Maha dharm a c e tiya n a m wfl pot g u l ehi daau a ta pi
- -

hi ta wfi tihe n a ti pitaka desan a P filiyen p itapat gen wfiga n a

.

B iya m Lan ka yan a de ra tehi p otwa l a ta t se m a ka ra halt .

W i na ya i
pt a ka ya ta a yiti
[ H ere f ol low the n a m es o f a ll the
P dli P i ta ka books] Mesé n a m da kwa n a lada m e siya l u pot
.

saha m esé m a su ddha karan a l a du wa m a A ttha ka thfi Tikfidi -

t d a m u drfin ka na a ka ra wa n a m en ill a n a wa t osra pa gb a m a

p o y
m ah a dham m a sa ngfiya n a Ediyen fira ksha l ce bi a m isra wa a da
'

da k wfi m a Siya m B u ru m a Lan ka yan a rate wala pa wa twfiga n a

.

en s m e p ot wa l a ta Jain yan a pu rdu a b ha ktika ya n gé pot m isra

.

n o ko ta n ohot ya n o k ara wen wa sa yen m a m u drau k a na ya

ka ra wa n a m e n da u da k m a ill a m i . Ma gé m e ka lp a u hwa ta
 L ETT ERS F ROM C EY ON L . 27

S iya m B u rm a La n kfi yan a tu n ra te B u ddha

. bha ktika si ya l u

p a ndita
yo ma ekan ga wetwa yi n isceka wa m m a a wiswfisa
ka ra m i .

Tawada I n gris i a k u ru wa l in P dli bhfis h fiwé Sabda ha ri

Akfira u
p a da wa u ta nu
p u l u wa n Ris a a
da n gara a k u ru da n n a
a ya koyi ra ta wa la t dmna ta boh 6s6 m a S iti n a n isfi da hari .

Akfira Sabda u p a da wa n ta p u l u wa u wfi n figa ra a k u ru wa li n

P fili pot m u drfin ka na ya ka ra wa n a wfi Da m wa dfihou da ba wat .

wce di wa sa ye n ErdpAkATa j a n a ya n sa u da ha m a karana wmda k

b a awin I n grisi a k u ru wa l in m udrfin ka na ya ka ra wa n a wfita
m age wiru ddha kam ak n ce ti ba wat m atak karam i .

Me wa ga ta m e wa ada ga t u tum wcedéta dfiya ka wl m en

sah a we n a t dfiya ka wa ru m osda ha t kara de m in p ri tiyen ba l e .

p orottu wen n fiwu La n kfi dwi a ehi G u

p y l l é Gi n.to ta Tib h um m i

kfirfim fidh iwfisi P a fififina n da teru nn finseya .

S P A NNANA NDA
M
. .

W a rsha 1 8 8 2 kwu a rtu

m asa
2 7weni dina Tibhummikérém édi ya .

IVs —From S rt S u m a na Tissa , of Ill in uwa ngoda , n ea r C a l ls .

A n an t
’
asl rwa da stu ti p e ra tu wfi wa ra da hmra liya m at a k
kara e wa n a waga ha ati n a m .

T W Rhys Davids n a m
. . ti
oe p i n wa t m a ha ta m a fin a n i ,
y
Ta m u n n fin sé (B tu l u wfi ba sn fihira dish wfis iwfi Y u rop i
sustra wa n ta m a ha t tu n sa b hfiwu k wisin apa su ddh u B u dd ha
gam é B u ddha desita su tréb hidha mm a win a a sa n kh fita tri
y y
pi taka Pfil i pot I n grl si a k sha ra wa l in a cu gas wa n ta d<B n
pa tan gen a tiben a wfiya yi yan a waga G ullé E R G u ua ra tn a . .

a tapatt u m udiya n sé rfila hfim i n ge n da ena kiy a gat La n k a

was i gihi p aewidi api boh6 sa m Qha ya k em a ta m u n n fin sélfigé
m a hmn gi u tu m wwdé ga ma itfi p ri tiya ta pa em in iyfi pa m a n a k
-
,

n o wa é g asn a ta m un n finsélfita m ul u hr da yen a pra m fin a stu ti

d a kara na wa ya
°

Esé m ahat sa n té sa wfi dce n a u gat L an k a wasi p an dita wa

run gé oya gm na ( e ti ka l pa n fi dce n a

. gat m m a a wis in wce di
wa sa yen ka ru na sitin da n wa sitin ta n a m p fl rwa diga u pa n
.

Ta thfiga ta apa sa m ya k sa m bu ddha ya n wa ha n ségé tri pi a ka t

dha rm a yé pot S iya m B u ru m a Rum anya ra a wa la
t p a wa ti n n é
 DAL I T E T SOCI ET X Y .

wi n am u t é tri pitaka desan a pot i ts B u ddha sokfidl a u wacfi

t
ri hu da St rip u tradi t ikfic firi hu da ga nthi pada wiwa ra DAdi
’

p ra ka ra na daa yan a yi B u ddhfiga m é siya l u m a pot kalen

l i wu wen m e apa Len ka dwipéya . Esé li wu siyal u m a p ot
de wa n u S iya m B u rum a Rum anya ra ta wa l a a t gen a gos liyfi .

guan i m en dcs n dak wat p a wa ti u n é e m a ( e ra pot m aya .

p fl rwa di sfiwé
p a wa t u a si ya l u b hfis ha a tu re n P rfilq ta Sa sk
n r ta
'

a a
Sinhala bh sh tu n a m a tatsum a bhfishaya he wa t bohé seyin
sam awa p a wa tin a b fishaya yi . Ya m B r
u um a Rhm a nyfidi
a n iku du bh ash a Pa1i bhfishfiwa ta es m ahara su wa la pa wa c a u a
sa m a n am u t boh6seyin wisa dri sa i hewa t sa m a n owe i
y y .

b ae wi n S iya m B u ru m fidi ra ta wa l a Phli n ugat l ipi ka ru wo

liya n a potwa la ta m a ta m a n gé bhfishfi riti p u ru du wé sm tiya ta .

a ku ru saha wae a n a t li a wi m en wat a da (B ti ba wa api daan a

y
gen a ti ben n éya I n n isfi ta m u nn an sétfi boho l oka yéta m ahat
. ,

u a kfira san dah a boh 6 we he sa m finsi da ra m in da wi ad a m in

p y
da I n gri si a ksha ra wa lin a oc u ga s wa n a tri p ita k e p otwa l a ta
a n n fi gu ru t S i a m B u ru m a ra ta wa l in ya un a tw a l a ta
g .
p o y p o

wmdi wu sa yen La fi kfiwé Sinhala a hu ru p otwal in éka éka

w arge pot ki pa ya k b a agin sa pa yfi gen a éka ta sa m uwan a pot .

b a l fi e m a L a nka wé pot gu ru potwa l a ta gen a eya ta sam a n o

,

wan a S iya m B u ru m a potwa l a tib en a ya m ya m akeh a ru wa c a

n a wala we n as tib u u ot 6 m e wfiya kiy a sa ta ha n ki ri m en pot

a cc u ya swa n ta i tfi yu tu ya yi sita m i
, .

Me (B ra tri p i ta ka a ta
y yi ti P fili
a pot k I a
p y a k Y u rd i a
py
pandi ta m a ha ttu n g a na u a k wisi n I n
n s i b h fis hfi w a ta peral a
h e wa t b hfishfi karal . a g
a oc u a s wa n ta t s u da n a n ya kiyfit da eu a
gan ta l fB bl tibeyi . E goen a da
api a pra m a n a p ri tiy p
a IB m i u i

yem u Ku m ak heyin daya t P B uddha dha rm a yehi tiben n awfi

.

a ha pa t dharm a ta twa yadiya I ng ri si b hashfiwé siya l u m a

y
desa wasi u ta n i rfiyfisa yen dIB u a ga n ta l ce b en a n isfiya E heyi n .

m u la ki p ra kfira ya ta m a La nkfiwé pot m a W CB di was a yen

’

u ru ka m a ta ge n a b hfishfi ka ra n ta yu tu wfi pa m a n a k u t n owa
g .

é p otwa l a Awfiwfi ta twfirtha saha B u ddha dharm a ri tiya da

ehi n iyam a a dahas da B u ddhfiga m é sfistra wa n ta dharm a
W in a ya doen a u gat b hfiwi tfi oeti pa ndita ya n gé m a ta wa l a ta da
,

téri m wa l a ta da a wi ru ddha wa bh ash a ka ra n ta wa ti m a ya Esé

’
.

bh ash a ka ra n ta n o yedu n é n a m bhfisha ko ta n im a wfl wfiyen

 L ET TERS T ROM CE YLON . 29

as u pot a cc u a sa ra t e patala u n fim a n oyek ddsh firop a na

p g
k ath a ipa di m en potwa lin pot bh a sh a ka lfi p undits m a ha ttu n ta . .

da loka wfisi boh o j a n a yata da l ce b iya y u tu pha la n isp ha la

’

wen ta t sa m a ha ra wit a weya yi sita m i .

E séheyi n I ngri siya ta bhdshfi ka ra na ko pi a cou ga ha n ta e ko

.

pi ho ese n owa a waya ya m ya m Artha wa la ho a da has wa la ho

S tB ka ( e ti pam anuk m e wfi a i ki a La fiké wé dIB u a ta i n n a gi b i
y y y
oewa di u gat sa m artha a n a e n a m S i ka u we S u m a II a l a
p d
'

p y t g
n fi a ka stha wira B a tu wa n tu dfiwé a ndita m a fi L u is W ija
y , p y ,

y a s inha m u diya n sé rdl a hdm i, G ull é P a fiiifisekha ra stha wira ,

W IB l ita ra W im a l a sara stha wi ra , W aali ga m a S iri S u m a nga l a

s tha wira W as k a du wé S u b hfiti

, stha wi ra , A m b a ga ha wa tte I n
ddsa bha wa ra Ndn a sfim i stha wira , Heyiya n tu du wé Dewa m itta
s th a wi ra , Doda n du wé P iya ra ta na sth a wira , Dha m m fil a nkfira
s tha wira , Koggala Sa mgha tissa stha wi rfidi n gen m a u fipa pam a
na -
kata e wa ( B tta n gé téru m adahas da au a kiyuga na pot tran s
l fit kara a c c u ga swa u a wd n a m ita ya ha pa tya yi m a gé kalpa
n fiwé suat iya ta m atak karam i .

Ta wada n am a da en a ta i ts wayo wrddha ka m in in n e wi

.

n a m u t m e ba n du l ékép a kfirl ya ha pa t u tu m sfidhfira na wce da

n ohot ta m u n n fin sé prad han a ra s iddha Y u rO i a

g IB n a p p y
pundi ta m a ha ttu n sa m fl ha ya k wisin gan n a lada u tsaha
w an t a woedé gIB n a m age a ttfik u tsfiha wirya ya ta wa ad i ta ra
m i n wehesa m an si ge n a Adha ra u pa kAra h aran ta ka ra wa u ta
n i ta ra m a m a hat fida ra ka runfiwen ha lt p orott u wa i n n fi ba wat . ,

a wa nka bhfiwa yen da u wa sitinn em i .

Mesé m é waga a wa nkéda ra sitin l iyfi m atak kara e wu wé .

t a m u n mi u ségé ekfin ta hi ta m i tra wu G ai ll é Min u wa fi goda P a

’

ra m fin a n da wi hfiradhipa tiwu B l
u an a ma
g D h a rm fil a nkfira
S l
r

S u m an a Tissfibhidh fin a m aha te ru n wa ha n sé wi si u a .

D S SUMA NA TI SS A
. . .
 B ALI TE XT SOC I ET Y REP ORT, 1 8 8 2 .

L is t o f P dl i M S S . in the B odleia n L i bra ry, Oxf ord .

By Dr . FB A NK F URT ER .

KAMMA VACA .

P al l 1 7 ch apters .

2 7 c hapters .

—
3 6 1 and 4 chapters .

O u sel ey 63 2 , 7 1 7 , a n d B a li 7, 8 , 9, fragm en ts of Kam a

vac a MSS .

SUTTA P IT ARA .

Ma j j him a Nikaya Or 7 42 A ssa l fiya na S u tta a n d c om .

m en tary .

Kh u dda ka Nihaya Phli 1 3 Dham m apada .

JATA K A .

W ilson 2 5a Vessa n ta raj Ataka with a B urm ese tran sl .

P ali 1 5 Nem i Jfita ka ditto

i

P fil i 1 6 Ma hosa dhaj ata k a v a tthu ditto .

W ilson 55b B uddha v a m sa Ol d B u rm ese writin g . .

A B H I DH A MM A T I T A H A .

W ils on 56a B u rm ese

Dha m m a sa nga nippa ka ra na . .

B u rm ese Nissa ya to do Di to
( 56 h A t ) . .

P CB 1 8 Dhfituka tha a n d Y am aka ( the first c hap ter of the

Y am aka is wan tin g ) .

NONCA NONICA L W RI TI NGS

-
.

Phli 1 0 Sam an ta Pfiszidi kfi of B u ddha ghosa ‘

.

On e 4 1 5 Ditto in te rlin ed with a B u rm ese tran slation

.
, .

—
Of 4 1 2 leaves n u m bered ka gyi on ly 2 40 are extan t '
, .

P fili 1 1 Sam an ta P fisfidikfi The Pfil i text of the Maha .

Vagga in terlined with a B u rm ese tran slation .

Puli 1 2 Vim a ti Vin oda n l F ragm en t Siam ese charac ters . . .

2 4 leaves .
 u se. I N B ODLE I A N LIB RA RY . 31

P ali 1 4 Sa ddha m m a ra ta n fiva li by Dha m m asena ya tissa ra .

Puli 1 7 A ttha sfil in i by B uddha ghosa .

Puli 1 9 Ma hfiva msa T u m ou r s c opy Sin halese

.
’
. .

Phli 2 0 List of abou t 2 0 0 to wn s a n d tem ples in C eylon .

S i n halese
.

Puli 2 1 Ja na n a n da with a Sin halese tran sl Sin halese . .

P fili 2 2 Va tta m fil a Sa n deha S a ta ka with a Sin h tran sl . .

Pat h 2 3 Ka OCEya n a s Sa u dhika ppa

’
.

P ali 2 4 Sa dda sfira ttha JMin i .

W ilson 51 A Pfili Dic tion ary with B u rm ese tran slation

( A u frec ht
W il son 54 A Pal i Dic tion ary with a Hin dustfini tran sl .

( A u frec ht
 P ALI TE XT SOC IET Y P
RE ORT, 1 8 8 2 .

L ist f
o P dl i M S S . in the B i bl iothequ e Na tiona ls, P a ris .

By M . L EON F RE E .

I . PI TA KA B OOKS ( Te xt s a nd Comm en ta ries) .

VI NA YA l . .

P utim okkha 4 c opies ( 2 Si n h 1 B u rm 1

, . .

several fragm en ts (Kfim b )

P fiti m okkha a tthak a tha II Ka n khfivi ta ra n i
P ETAj ika 4 c opies (1 Sin h 3 B u r m on e very c o m ple te)
, . . .

Pfic itti 3 C opies (1 Sin h 1 B u rm 1 Khm b ( in c om plete)

, . . . .

(B h ikk hu n i )
Mah d vagga 2 c opies (Sin h
-
, .

C fila vagg a 3 c opies ( 1 S in h 2

-
, .

P a riv aro
Ka m m a vac é
several c opies a n d sev era l fragm en ts
Sam an ta p dsfidika 2 c om plete c opies (Sin h
-
, .

Parts I I I 3 c opies . .
,

Parts I I I et V 2 c opies ( Sin h . .

, . Kfim b )
Va JIra B u ddha Ti ka
S dra ttha di pan i -

SUT TA 2 . .

Digha n ikfiya 4 c opies (3 Sin h 1

-
, .

P fitika Part I I 2 frag m en ts (P fil i a n d B u rm version )

, .
, . .

P atika va ggo in c om plete

-
,

SAm a fiIi a phala su tta m fragm en t

'
- -
,

S in gfil a s u ttum fragm e n t

-
,

S u m a n ga l a vil asin i -

—
Parts I I I I . .

Majj him a nikfiya 3 c opies (2 Sin h on e Of whic h ha s

-
, . a

great part wan tin g ; l

A n gu lim fil a s u t tum -
34 PALI TE XT SOCIET Y REP ORT , 1 88 2 .

pitaka
Ca riyfi -
,
2 c opies (Sin h .

P a ritté (text) ,

several fragm ents (Kfimb ) .

c om m e n t )
(

3 . A B H I D H A MM A .

Dha m m a sa n ga n i, 2 c opies (Sin h .

A ttha sfilin i
’

(P a li with i n c o m plete B u rm tran s ) . .

Vibha n ga , 2 C opies Sin h

( .

S a m m oha -
vi n oda n i

Dh atu katha
-
opies (Sin h, 2 c .

P u gga l a p a fifia tti 2 c opies (Si n h

-
, .

Ka thfiva tthu (text) 2 c opie s (Sin h , .

(c o m m e nt
)
Y am aka 2 c opies (Sin h
, .

Du ka p a tthan a m 2 c opies (Sin h , .

Tika pa tthan a m ( B u rm n
)
Du ka tika pa tthan a m (B urm n
)
A bhidha m m a (text ) fi rst C hapter o n ly , of ea ch
seven works m an y c opies ( Kam b )
, .

( c om m e n t )(K a m b ) .

II . EX TRA CA NONI CAL W ORK S .

Kh u dda Sikkhfi -

Kh u dda Sikkha dipan i

- -
,
2 opies
O

Adi kam m a
-

Sésan a syn p a ka ra na m
- -

Siddhan ta p
-
opies a ri v fisa , 2 C

Vim a ti vin oda n i vin aya fragm en t

- -
,

P ali m u tta ka vin aya v in ic c a ya sa n ga ho fragm en t

- - - -
,

A bhidh a m m a sa n gah a (Kfim b ) -

.

A bhidha m m a san gaha (K am b) .

S ura sa n ga ha
B a hu msfi, 2 c opies , 1 in c om plete (Khm b ) .
 M SS . I N P A RI S . 35

Pa th a m a -
sa m bodhi, c o m prisin g ne arly the

A n figa ta -
va m sa

A m a ta ra sa dhfira ( K6m b ) .

fragm en ts
A ttha kfi -
s tta
u -
sa n ga ha
Sa m m oha -
n idfin a
(Kfim b .

Ma ngala dIpun i (K a m b .

Da sa va tthu , fragm e n ts
Dasa pu n ya kriyfi-va tthu , fragm e n ts
Rasa Vfihin i-

Rasa bahin i-

Sota bba m fil in l
-

Ti nna pal a ka v a tthu

Maleyya deva thera Va nna n fi ( Kfim b )
- - -
. .

Ma hfithe ra m a l eyya (P fili a n d Siam ese Kfim b

-

P a IIIi usa j fita ka ,

‘ ‘
-
in c om plete
S iv1j a ya
S il a j éta ka , 2 c opies ( Kfim b )
Vij fidhfira j fita ka -

Lok a n eyya Dha n a nj aya (Kfim b )

-
.

P an ca ga ti ( te xt )
( o m m en t ) c

P a fifi fika thfi (Pfil i with B u rm trans ) . .

P urfin a ti kfi sa n gah a (i n c om plete)

- -

Jin fil a n ka ra sa u gaha 2 c opies ,

Visu ddhi m e gga -

Netti pa ka ra na m
-

P eda kop a desa

Milin da pa ii ha , 2
-
opies c

n u m erou s fragm en ts (Kfim b ) .

Thfipa va msa (Sin h

La l fita dhatu va msa -
va nna n fi

Di pa va msa , 2 c opies (S in h ) .

Ma hfiva m sa (Kfim b ) .

MAhAvam sa tikfi -
’
.

1 S ee Léon F eer, Etu e sur l es Ja ta “

d k
a s, pp 62 65, and Da vi d
s,
ddh B h
.

"
Bu ist irt Sto ries, p l xvii . .
 PALI TE XT SOCI ET Y P
RE ORT, 1 88 2 .

III . G RA MMA RS , m .

Ka cea yfin a ( te xt ) several c opies ,a n d frag m e n ts

(c o m m e n t ) 1 c o py ( K a m b with B, u r m t rans ) . . .

Ka cc aya n a -
sfira

Ka cefiya n a sfira ti ké - -

K a c ca ya n a sé ra yoj an - -
a
K a ce fiya n a dhfitu m a fij ass, 2
- -
c opies
( Ka c c aya na
) d h5tu p t ha - -
a
Dhat u -
va ttha -
di paka
Dhfitu -
u n adi -
ka cc fiya n a , 2 c opies
D hfitu akh yata -
, D hfit u - u n adi

A kkh ara kosa -

Eka kkha ra k osa -

, 2 c opies
Eka kkha ra koso - -
ti ké .

Y oj a n fi m fil a ka c cfiya n a
- - -
san dhi inc om plete (San dhi ru pa
,
-

dipan i ) ( K m b ) a
M ukha m atta sfira di pan i (B
- - -

Maha -
sadda -
ni ti
S a m m oh a -
vi ghata n i

C fila -
n iru tti

R upa siddhi-
opies , 2 c

Rfipa m fil fiva ra n a Gilla (Sin h )

-
.

S a m b a n dh a C in tAm a ni 3 c opies
-
,

S a m b a n dha -
c in té m a ni - tikfi

G a n dh a tthi
Ga h
n d a b h fira n a -
sfira , 2 c opies
h
G a n dha b fira n a ti k
-
a
S a dda tth a bedha c in tfim a ni
- -

S a dda ttha bedh a c in tu tika- - -

S a dda sa rfittha j fil in i 2 c opies ( Sin h , .

S a dda sa rfitthaj fil in i i k -
t a
’

B ul av a tfira , 3 C opies
B al a pp a bodha n i
’

B ul a ppa b odha n i ik -
t a
Vic itta sfira -
 M SS . IN PA RIS . 37

Mogga l fin a vyfika ra n a v u tti

- -

Mogga l fin a p a da sfidhfin a
- -

Mogga l én a vu tti vip ul a ttha p a k fisa n i

- - -

Mogga l fin a dh a tu patha
- -

Ka c c fiya n a bh edu ppa ka ra na m

- -

K a c c aya n a bheda p u rana tl kfl ( S hra ttha p a kfisan i)

- - - -

K a c c fiya u a bhedu n ava

-
2 c opies
-

Kac c fiya n a bheda gan dha m arana tikfi 2 c opies

- - -
,

A bhidhfin a pp a dipika 2 c opies ,

1 c opy (S in h with Sin h tran s ) . . .

A bhidhfin a pp a di pikfi t lkfi 3 c opies ( 2 Sin h 1

-
, .

V u ttoda ya ( Sin h ) .

V u ttoda ya ti ka 2 c opies
-
,

Ka visfira tikfi
-
.

B hesa jj a m a fij 0 8 A,
-
in c om plete
 PALI TE XT SOC I ET Y REPORT, 1 882 .

L ist of S inha lese, P al i, a nd S a nskri t B ooks in the Orienta l

L i bra ry, K a ndy .

[ The So c iety is in debted for the follo wi n g list to the

ki n dn ess of H C P B E LL Esq
. . . Hon Sec of
, .
,
. . the
Ceylon Bran c h of the Royal A siatic Soc iety ] .

I .
—S I NH ALAS E B OOK S (
IN No . 4 A L MI RA H )
. .

Rfip a S iddhi Sun n ayu .

A bhidhfin a p p a di pika S a n n a ya .

P a da sada n é S a n n a ya .

A bhidhé n a p pa dip ikfi Sa n n a ya .

Nigha ndu ik -
t aS a n na
ya .

Kuraka P u shpa Ma nj a riya .

B dl fiwa tfira Maha S a n n a ya .

B 615wa tfira G m ta p a da Sa n n a ya .

B Odhi wa nSa G mta pa da ya .

A m a ra k6sh a S a n n a ya .

A m a ra sinh a S a n n a ya .

G ra n thsf A k u ru Pota .

B ha yisajj a Ma nj usa .
(See
Ra tn fika ra ya .

Ra tu éka ra ya .

W a ra yOga S ETa ya .

S a n dhi ka pp a S a n n a ya .

Pope s Tam il Han dbook

’
.

Hit6pa désa S un n ayu .

Sfira S a nsépa ya .

Behet Kalka Pota .

(See
A sh t a P a rikshawa .

Rdgarish te .
 MS S . I N K A NDY .

Y Oga Mawwa .

Behet Tel Pola .

Y éga Sékha ra ya .
(S ee

Y Oga D 5ra naya .

B ha yisaj j a Da rp a na ya .
(See

K61a Vidhiya .

Tra yOdasa Sa n n ipfita L a k sha na ya .

Sarva Visha Vin Oda n a ya .

G u ttil a K t wya ya .

Vyfisa K éra ya .

Y 6ga S ékha ra ya .
(S ee

Bhakti Sa ta ka ya .

P ra tya S a ta ka ya .

Nam A shta sa ta ka ya .

Sa w Saddam W adaya .

Sam aya Sa n gra ha wa .

Da i va fiiiOpa désa ya .

Jsta ke Ratu a ya .

Y 6ga Mu ktfihfira ya .

n a
Sa ta ka ya .

Reports on Vih a ras a nd Dé wbla s .

L an kfiwe Ka thfin ta ra ya .
(S e e

Gran tha Shra ya .

Jin a Dh a rm a Vikfisa niya .

Sa n dhi G ra ntha ya .

P ra giia p ti Dipa n iya .

Pra tipa tti Di pa n iya .

Y Oga Ra tn éka ra ya .

P ara wi S a n désa ya .

Kfiwya S ékara ya .

Ku sa JAtaka d yaya .

Brahm a Dharm a ya .

Smbdhrtha P ra kfisy
a a .

Siwa Likhita ya .

S cB l a Lib ini Sa n désa ya .

B u dda G ajj a ya .

Visha u sa dhaya .

O wfi S itum in a .
40 L
P A I TE XT SOCI ET Y RE PORT, 1 8 8 2 .

Trinsa dbhishaj a nga ya .

W un daru Sa n ga rfiwa .

Dham i n i La ksha na .

M u l A kk hara V ikfisa n iya .

P il ika P ra ka ra naya .

Ruhu l a W ata .

B dra sa K awya ya .

S a dda n ta HIB ll a .

Ma ga m fina Jfita ka ya .

Sidat S an ga ré Liyan a Sa n n a ya
. .

W a na wasa Ni gha nda wa .

A rishta S a ta ka
y a .

S ha tp a n cfisikfi .

Jin a Dharm a Vikfisa n iya .

Din a ta ra K a thfiwa .

Kawac ha S a n gra ha wa .

B hfiwa n fi W Akya ya (with a paraphrase) .

Jaya Man gala Gath a .

(See
S u bh aS ita ya .

L O W oede S a n ge rfiwa .
( See
Siya B a S Ma l Dam a .
( See
P IB ra k u m B 5 S irita. .

W arta Mallm a ‘
.

Nim i Jfita ka ya .

Da l a dfi W a rna n fiwa .

P a l a dh W a ll iya .

Mec han ic s Han dbook

’
.

Va idyfim a rta ya .

Sirim a l N igha nd u wa .

S uriya Sa ta ka ya .

Kash ta hfiri JAta ka ya .

A n u ru ddha Sa ta ka ya .

KAlin ga B Odhi Jfita ka ya .

Dra wya G u ns Dip a n i ya . .

Siddha usha dha Nigha nduwa .

S a nsk rita Sa bd a m fil awa ( S e c III . .

Mfisartu La ksha n a ya .

Mu hu rta Cin tfim a ni .

PALI TE XT SOC I ET Y RE ORT , P 1 882 .

A t u la RSj a Ka th fiwa .

E hoel a p olaN ada ga m a .

( See
Ga wa Ra tn aya .

W eda Ha ta n a ya .

P fin a du ré W adaya .

K u m firdda ya W a rna n fiwa .

W ibhajj a W adaya .

Mulaya
I n gri si .

Kaliy u ga Sfin tiya .

Rfij a wa ta .

S a m a n a l a Hmll a .

S wa pn a Mfil a ya .

G i tala nkATa ya .

E hoel a pol a Ha ta n e .
( See
Ku v én i A sn a ya .

Oétiya Vis ta ra ya .

Du rb u ddhi W idhwa n sa n iya .

S inha wa l l i Ka thfiwa .

B AIa Graha S An tiya .

Iswara MAIa ya .

Gi ni Keli S a n ga rfiwa .

Ach a rya W a rna nfiwa .

Baddegam a W fida ya .

B udawa l iya .

A nkel i Upata .

S i tam b ra P a ta ya .

D un u wila Ha ta n e .

Sakala Sat wa P ra kfisa ya

Marakkala Ha ta n e .

K éwa tta W a nsa ya .

Khm a c hc hhéda W a idya S a n gra ha wa .

Sidat S a n garé wa .

S a ddha rm fi La n kfira ya .

Tiba at Ra ts B u ddhfiga m a .

NEm a W aliya .

Mihiripoenn e P ra ba ndha ya .

Siya Bas Mal D a m a .

(See
 M SS . IN H A ND Y . 43

U m an Dd Gus s Pa daya t .
1

Sidat Sa u ga rfiwé P u rfin a S a n n a ya .

Sidat S a n ga rawa .

La n kbka thAn ta ra ya ( See .

Muta l é Dishvé Ka da yi m Pota .

P il iku l B hfiwa n awa .

M aye se Nim itta .

Behet Guli Kalka Pota .

( See
Sirasa Pfida Ma n ga l ya P ra ka ra na ya ( See .

Santan a D1pikdwa .

Iswara Nim itta .

B Cl awa bOdha n é S a n n a ya .
( See I I I 4, 52 ,
.

Sati P a tthfin e .

Dha mm a pa da ya A n osa n n e .

JEta ka P ota . Part I .

n a SSra ya .

G u n a DOSha ya with paraphra se , .

M u wa Dew D5 W ata . .

El u C ha n dasa ( See .

LO Voeda S a n ga rhwa ( See .

Na wa Patala Sa n gra ha ya .

P a n c hfin ga Lita .

B ha yisajj a Ma nj fisé .

Da m piya A twawé t a P a da sa n n a ya .

Vi su ddhim firga S a n n a ya .

NEm a M51 5wa .

2

1 C omm en tary on No . 1 1 0, on which see Rhys Da vids , ddhi t Bi th

Bu s r
S to ri es,
”
p l XXX
- l xxxi
h k whi h h b
. .

2 On t is a nd on th ose few ot ers of the foregoi n wor s c a ve een

p u b li b
shed i n Col om o , se e Rhys Da vide s Report on
’
h
Ali and Sin al ese Litera
t ure in the Report of the h g
P il ol o ical Societ for 1 8 75 y .
 PALI TE XT SOC I ET Y REPORT, 1 8 8 2 .

II .
—PALI B OOK S ( IN A L MI RA H , NO .

Vin aya Pitaka .

Majj him a Nikaya .

B 6dhiwa nsa .

A bhidh a rm a C fila Ti kfiwa .

Dharm a Sa n ga na pra ka ra na .

San dhi VisOdha n I '‘

T ikfiwa .

C fil a Sabda Ni ti .

Nigha ndu Tikawa .

B fil fiwa tara .

Rfip a siddhi .

Sa n dhika ppa .

A bhidhun a pp a dipikfi .

VySka ra na pa da sfidha n i .

Akkhata pa da .

P fil in igh a ndu (S e e .

Da da sarfirthaj fil in i .

Va rta m fil fikkhya va .

a
V m a W ara Noegill a .

P irit Pota .

Va rtha Mfil fikkhy a .

B ul fiwa tfira .

S a n dhika ppa .

Rfipa siddhi .

Pfil in i gh a ndu .
( See
P iri wfin a Pota .

Sa ddha m m Op fiya n a .

Ma hasa tip a ttha n a su tta .

Téla ka tAha gAtha .

 M SS . I N H A ND Y . 45

II I
.
— S A NSE RIT B OOK S .

Sdra s wa ti .

Ra ghu wa nsa .

Mégha dfita ké wya .

B Al AW a b Odha n a . ( See I 1 8 7 . and belo w 52

San skrit B ible , Part I .

II .

I II .

IV .

San skri t Ne w Testa m en t .

M8 n a wa dha rm a SAS tra .

Sa bd a sa ktip ra kfis ika .

HitOpa désa .

Mégha dfita .

Cha n dé m a nj a ri .

1 5 47
-
. Védfirtha ya tn a .

San skrit S a bda m fil fiwa .

(See I .

S a ta sl é ka .

Pan in i Vyaka rana sfittra .

San skrit S ikshfiwa .

B ul fiwa bédha na .

M6dha wa n idh8u e .

S a ti ka dra wya gu n a .

S u ssru ta .

Part I I .

Mu gdha bé dha .

A m éra kOsha .

Turka sa ngra ha .

S iddhfin ta ka u m u dé

P a tyfl wfikya .
 PA I L TE XT SOCIET Y RE ORT, P 1 88 2 .

L is t of P dli , S i n ha lese, a nd S a nskri t Ma n uscrip ts in th e

Colom bo M ussum .

The followin g list is c om piled from the o fficial list pu b

l ished in 1 8 7 6 by L o u is de Zoysa Mu da l iyar the Librarian
, ,

o f what was the n c a lled the Ceylon Govern m en t Orien tal

L ibrary . I have om itted n othin g th at wou ld be o f in te rest
”

or va lu e to Eu ropean sc holars There have been som e fu rther

.

addi tion s espec iall y of rare works disc overed S in ce that date
, ,

b u t of these I have been u n able to obta in a n y in form ation .

The foll owin g are the learn ed Mu da l iyfir s prefatory rem ark s
’
.

The c ollec tion of m an u sc ripts in the Govern m en t Orien tal

L ibrary c on sists at presen t Of 1 8 8 volu m es or 2 0 9 di stin c t
, , ,

works som e of the volu m es c on tain in g m ore than on e su c h

,

work .

The m an u sc ripts have been C lassifi ed as foll ows

A .
— Con sists of texts of the Can on i c al Sc riptu res of B u ddhism .

Of these there are t wen ty seven vol u m es in B u rm ese

-

C hara c ters presen ted by the Kin g of B u rm a ; a n d fou r

,

teen in Sinhalese c harac ters c opied at the expen se ,

o f Govern m en t a n d presen ted by private in di vi du a l s

, .

The B u rm ese text is c om plete b u t the followin g will ,

h ave to be added to c om plete the Si nhalese edition

D igha Nikaya .

S a n yu tta Ni kaya .

A ngu tta ra Nik aya .

Portion s of the Khu dda ka Nikaya .

The whole of the A bhidha m m a Pitaka

. .

B .
— Con sists of m isc ellan eou s religiou s works su c h as A tth u ,

ka thfis (Co m m en ta ries on the Sac red Text) l fis ,

( Co m m en ts on the A ttha ka th as) a n d othe r r eligi o u s ,

 M SS . L
I N CO OM B O . 47

works of a gen eral n atu re Of these there a re seven ty .

On e volu m es N0 c opy of the B u rm ese edi tion of the

.

A tth a ka thas ha s been rece ived b u t a portion of the ,

Sinhalese edition has bee n c opied or p resen ted a n d , ,

the followin g will have to be a dded to c om plete the

c oll ec tion Vi z , .

1 Com m en tary on Maj j him a Nikfiya

. .

2 Co m m en tary on S a n yu tta Niknya

. .

3 Com m en tary on A ngu tta ra Niknya

. .

4 . Jfita ka A ttha ka thfi .

And aother m in or c om m en taries

few .

C .
— Con sists of historica l works legen dary ta les etc a n d , , .

c on tai n s t wen ty five vol u m es -

.

D .
— Philologic al works Un der this hea d there a re twen ty
.

n in e vol u m es .

E .
— P oetry etc S ixteen vol u m es
, .
, .

F .
— Misc ellan eo u s works scien tific m edic al etc Of these , , , .

there are six volu m es .

A short desc riptio n of eac h m an u sc ript (exc eptin g those of

t h e Can on i c al Sc riptures of whic h on ly a gen eral desc ription
,

w ill be fou n d) is given in dic atin g its c on te n ts a n d when c e

, ,

i t wa s obtain ed .

T W R HYS D A VI DS . . .

A .
-
CA NONICA L SCRI PT URE S or B UDDH IS M .

PAPA] Ika (in B u rm ese chara c ters) .

P ETSj ika (in Sinh alese charac ters) .

P nc ittiya ( in B u rm ese c hara c ters) .

P a c ittiya m (in Sinhalese c hara c ters ) .

Mah a Va ggo ( in B u rm ese c harac ters) .

Mah a Va ggo (in Sinhalese c harac ters) .

C tl l a Va ggo (in B u rm ese c harac ters ) .

C nl a Va ggo (in Sinhalese ch arac ters) .

P a ri v ara P ntha (in B u rm ese c harac ters) .

P a rivAra P Atha (in Sinha lese c harac ters) .

 PALI TE XT S OCI E T Y RE O RT , P 1 882 .

Si nhalese charac ters)

P a ri vnra P fitho (in .

Di gha Nikfiya (in B u rm ese charac ters ) .

Maj j him a Nihfiya (in B u rm ese Charac te rs ) .

Majj him a Nikaya (in Sinhalese Charac ters) .

S a nyu tta N iknya Part I ( in B u rm ese c harac ters) . .

Part I I ( in B u rm ese c harac ters) . .

Part III ( in B u rm ese c harac ters ) . .

A ngu tta ra Nikfiya Part I , .

Part I I .

Part I II .

K hu dda ka Nikfiya c on sistin g of ,

K hu dda ka P 5tha .
l

Dham m apada .

Udén a m .

I ti -
u tta ka .

S u tta Nipnta .

Vim an a Va tth u .

Peta Va tthu .

Thera Gama .

B hikku P ntim okkha .

Bhikku ni P utim okkha .

Theri G éthfi ’
.

B u ddha Va nsa .

C e riya Pitaka .

22 . JAtaka .

23 . Mah a Niddesa .

24 . 0 6 13 N idde sa
. .

2 5 P a tisa m bhidfi Ma gga

. .

26 . A p a dnn a .

Th e foll o win g opies in SIn ha l ese c harac ters of som e of

[ c ,

th e works b elon gin g to the Khu dda ka Nikziya have bee n

’

pre sen ted to the Library ] .

2 7 Jfita ka ( P fil i)
. .

28 . Kh u ddha ka P fitha .

29 . Peta Va tthu .

30 . B u ddha Vanse .

1
This and the f ll
o owin g tw l e ve wor k s are b di
oun n one vol um e .
 PALI TE XT SOC I ET Y P
RE ORT , 1 882 .

B — MI S CELL A NEOUS
. RE L IG I OUS W ORK S .

a
I
- A b hidha m m a ttha Sangaha .

w A bhidha m m a Vib hnv a n i

’
.

A b hidha m m a Vika sin i

o
o .

a p A b hidha m m a M ula T ikn .

n
c Ab hidha m m nv a ta ra .

z
c A n kga ta Van es A ttha ka thfi .

z
f
o
o A pad a a A tth
n a ka tha ( in B u rm ese charac ters) .

B u ddha Vanse A ttha ka thfi

o
c .

o C a riyn Pita ka A ttha ka tha .

Ce riya Pitaka A ttha ka thn [ Boun d with I ti u tta ka m .

-
,

e tc see A
.
, .

1 1 Daham S a ra nn ( a prose work in S m ha l ese)

. .

1 2 Dham m apada A ttha ka thfi

. .

1 3 Da m piya Sau n é (Sinhalese version of Dham m apada)

. .

1 4 Da m piya A t u wa G oet a P a dé ( a n an c ien t Sinhalese

.

glossary on the Co m m en tary on Dham m a pa da ) l

.

1 5 Da m sak P oewa tu n S Otra San n e

.
-
.

16 . I ti -
u tta ka A ttha ka thn .

Jfita ka Pota ( Sinhalese Version of the 550 Jnta ka s ) .

18 . Jin fil a nkfira ( P AH) ;

19 .

20 . Jin a panj ara -

.

Catu ka m m a tthnn a
-
.

Dfithb Va n sa . .

A tta n a ga l u v a n s a ( P nli) .

K osa l a B i m ba Va nna n a .
( See No .

D in a Ce riya Sil ra S tl tra (PAH)

and
‘
.

Ka nkha Vi ta ra n i (Com m en tary on the Pfitim okkha ) .

Khu dda ka A ttha ka thn .

Khu dda S ikkhn .

f
C opied rom a n exceedingl y rare m anuscri t discovered in 1 8 73 , a t the p
Tissawa y M
ona ster in S even K6ra l és I t i s,
p erha ps , the Ol est S i nha l es e pro se d .

k g b
.

wor yet discovered I t was wri tten by Kin A bb asa l em ewan Kasa (Kas ya pa ,
.

A .D .
 M SS . I N CO OM BO L .
51

24 Kh u dda S ikkha Tika

. .

Koeala B i m ba W a nna n n ( See B ( Histo ry o f . .

an i m age of B u ddha set u p b y Kin g Kosa l a ) .

Maj j him a Nikéyfi Tika Part I ,

.

Part I I .

Maha Niddesa A ttha k a thfi .

Ma nga l a ttha D ipan i .

Milin da P a fiha ( i n B urm ese c hara c te rs) .

Milin da Pa fiha (in Sinhales e c harac ters) .

Ne ttippa ka ra na a n d P eta kopa desa ( in B u rm ese c hara c

Nettipp a ka rana (in S i n halese c harac ters ) .

Ne ttippa ka ra na A ttha ka tha .

P filim u tta ka Vi n aya .

P él im u tta ka Vi n aya .

T ik a .

P a ra m a ttha Manj nsa (Co m m en t on the S u tta Ni pata ) . .

3 8 P fitim okkha G a nthi S ikkhfip a da Va l a nj a n i a n d Vin aya

.
,

V in ic c a ya bo u n d i n on e vol u m e
, .

3 9 P a tisa m b hida A ttha ka tha

.
( See No . .

P eta va tthu A ttha ka thn

41 . .

42 S a ddha m m a ppa kfisin i

.
( See B . . 39 and A n other
n a m e for P a tisa m bhi dn A ttha k a thn .

43 . S a ddha rm a Ra tn fikfira .
(I n S I n ha l ese .
)

Sam an ta P nsndikfi .

S a m pindita Nidnn a .

S a nyu tta Ti kn .

S nra ttha Di pan i .

Sti ra Sa nga hn .

S Era S fitta .
( See B .

S ikkhnp a da Va l a nj a n i ( See B
’
. .

50 . S ota bb a Malin i .
(Tales i n P al i )
2
.

51 . S u c ittfil a n kfira .

1 A very ol d Copy , on ce in the possessi on of the b d Pali h l

cel e ra te sc o ar A tta
ra a ma B a n dit of a nd
g Copied from a ma nuscript found a t Ridi Vihara in the Seven K6ra l é
y .

s .
 P AL] TE XT S OCI ETY P
RE ORT , 1 882 .

52 . S u m a n ga l a Vil nsin i .

53 . Sa m anga la Vilasin i l Part I

a
. .

Part I I .

55 . S u tta S angaha (In . B u rm ese c hara c ters ) .

56 . S u tta Nipnta A ttha ka tha .

57 . The ra gfithé A tth a ka thn

. .

58 . Tu ndil ov a da S fitra and S a ta sl oka .

( On the la st

59 . U dfin a ttha ka tha .

60 . Up nsaka J a n fil a nknra .

61 . Va j i r
a b u ddhi Ti k ( O n a . the Vin aya ) .

62 . Vessa n ta ra Jfita ka S a n n é .
( I n Si nhalese )
l
.

Ve da vin ic c ha ya .
( See D .

63 . Ve ssa n ta ra T Ik
’‘

n .
(P AIL)
2

64 Vidhu ra
. JEta ka Sa n n é .
( I n S I II h a l e s e .
)
3

Vim a ti Vin oda n i dha gosha Com

’
.
( A I l ka on B ud s

m en tary on th e Vin aya ) .

66 . Vim fin a va tthu A ttha ka thn .

Vin aya Vin ic ch a ya (See B . .

67 . Vin aya Vin ic hcha ya Ti ka .

68 . Vin a ynl a nkara .

69 Vin aya Sau n é

. .
(tran slation
S m h a l e se Of portion s of

th e Vin aya both text ,

a n d c om m en t
)
4
.

70 . Vin a ya tth a Ma n j fisfi .

71 . Visiddhi Mugga .

1
A y ver ol d a nd ra re wor k . C opie df rom a m a nuscript f oun d at Ka tfira n ga l a
m on astery, H ari sp a ttu
f
.

2
C opied rom a m a n u scri t disc overed in S even K6ra l és
f
.

3 A ver ol d a n d ra re
y w o r C o
pi ed rom a m a nus cri t oun d a t Ka taran ga l a
p f
m on astery, Harispa ttu
b
A very va l u a l e a n d ra re wor k
C opie rom a m a nuscript ound a t Ka ndé
. df f
Vihare, S even K6ra l és .
 MSS . L
I N CO OM BO
‘

. 53

C — HISTORICA L
. .

1 . A tta n a ga l u Vanse .
( See B .

Bodhi Va nsa .

2 .

3 . B odhi va nsa S a n n é .
( I n S In ha l e se .
)
4 . Da m bedin i A s n a .
(S i nhalese His tory of Da m b e den i
in Seven K6ra l és ) .

5 Dalada P fij awa l i
.
( S I n h a l e se O n O fferi n gs to the . .

Tooth Relic ) l
.

6 Dalada Sirita
.
( H istory of the Tooth Relic ) .
2
.

Dfit h6va n sa (P nl i See B 2 0 History of the Tooth

. . . .

Relic in Pfili verse ) .

D ipa Ve nsa (I n S In ha l ese c harac ters See C 1 1

. . . .

H istory o f Ceylon in P ul l ) .

7 D ipa Va nsa
.
(I n S i n halese c hara
. c ters H i s tory of .

Ceylon in P nl i ) .

Ka da yim Pota ( S m h a l e se See C 9 A. n c ie n t . . .

bou n daries etc of Ceylon )

, .
, .

8 Ka lyfin i P ra ka ra na
.
( Si n halese A c c ou n t of a m iss ion . .

o f B u rm ese B u ddhist m o n ks to Ceylon in the reig n of

B hu va n e ka B nh u V I . A D . .

9 . K u ru n ce ga l a Vista ré and Ka da yim Pota (Se e 0 . . 7 .

The firs t is a history , in Sinhalese , of the an c ie n t c i ty of

K u run éga l l a ) .

1 0 La k Di wa W idhi W a rna n nwa

. .
( S I n ha l ese . A l e gen da ry
a cc ou n t Of Ceylon ) .

11 . Ma hnva nsa a n d Dip a va nsa ( I n B u rm ese c h ara c ters ) . .

12 . Ma hé va nsa ( I n Sinhalese c harac ters )

. .

13 . Ma hnva nsa (I n S i n halese c harac ters )

. .

14 . Ma hfiva nsa Ti kn ( In B u rm ese c harac ters ) . .

15 . Ma hawa nsa TI kn (In Sinhal ese c harac ters ) ’‘

. .

16 Nikfiya Sangrab a ( Sinhalese

. . . History of the B u ddhist
s ec ts i n Ceylo n
) .

Copie dfrom a m unnaeri in Tissawa m onas tery in S even K6ra l és

d
.

2
W ritten in El u Copie
. f rom a m a nuscript in P a eniya m on astery in Seven
K 6ra l és .
 L
PA I TE XT SOCI E T Y P
RE ORT , 1 8 8 2 .

17 . Rfij nva l i
.
(S m h a l ese . His tory of Ceylon ) .

18 a fidhi rfij a Vil fisin i (Pnl i H istor f the Kin gs of

‘
. . .
y o

B u rm a ) .

19 Rasa vfihin i
. . Tales of I n dia a n d Ceylon )
(P nli . .

2 0 Ra sa vfihin i
. Gunthi ( Glossary on above )
. .

21 . S a ddha rm fil a nk nra (Si nhalese version of Ra sa vfihin i )

, .

22 . S a ddha rm n Sa ngrab a ( Si nh a lese H istory

. of B u dd .

h ism ) .

2 3 S iya m S a n désa
. .
( etters writte
to the Kin g of Sia m
L n

by B u ddhis t B hikkhu s in Ceylon A D 1 7 4 6 Copied from ,

. . .

origin al Copies preserved at Hittetiya Mon aste ry at Ma tnra ) .

2 4 Th fipa Ve nsa
.
( P nli History of Thfipa s
. .

2 5 Thfip a Ve nsa
.
( Si nhale
.se )
 M SS . I N CO OM BO L . 55

D .
—PH I LOLOG I CA L G RA M MA RS D IC TIONA RI ES
, , , ETC .

A bhidhnna ppa dipika Ti kn .

( S e e Ni g ha n da i kfi ) .

2 . B Al a ppa b Odha n i .
( P AIL) Gram m ar for begin n ers .

S ub Odhnl a nkéra .
( See D . On Rheto ri c .

Ka c c fiya n a B héda D .
( S ee . On Gram m ars .

Eka kkha ra K bsa ( See D . . Voc abu lary .

Vib ha ttiya ttha On Cases . .

Vu ttoda ya On Metres
. .

Sadda Sura ttha Jnl in i ( See D On Gra m m ar . . .

Mog ga l l fiya n a Vu tti (See D On Gram m ar . . .

“ C ula Sadda Ni ti ( See D . .

h
t C ula Niru tti .

0 D u tc h Sinhalese a n d Tam il Vocab ulary

, , .

Eka kkha ra Kosa ( See D . .

6 . Ka c c nya na .

Ka cc nya n a B héda .

t
x Ka c cfiya n a B hé da Tik a .

o
o Ka c c fiya n a Va n n a n a .

o
c Ka c cfiya n a N idde so .

1 o L a ku nu m i n a . On El u Poetry .

Li n a ttha S fida n i .
(See D .
( P a li )
11 . Maha Sadda Ni ti .

Mogga ll fiya n a Paneika P ra dipa ( by Sri Ruhu la T hero ,

of Tota ga m u a ) .

Mo g ga l l fiya n a Vu tti (See D . .

1 3 Mogga ll aya n a Vu tti S a n n d

.
( S e e . D . 2, ( Ol d
S i nhalese . A m os t ra re a n d val u able work Copie d from a .

man u sc ript disc overed at M u lgiri gala Tem ple in Giru wa

Patt u ) .

14 . Mu kha m a ttha .
( Co m m e n tary o n D ipa n i Ka c c Aya n a ’
s

G ram m ar .
)
Nigha nda Tika .

15 . Niru tti Sa ra Manj fish .

16 . P a da sadhnn a T ik ti Sri Rfih ul a of Tota ’

.
( Pfili . By
a m u wa A n other ver rare n d val u able wo k C opie d from
g .
y a r ,

a n a n c ien t m an u s c ript disc overed at R idi Vih a ra

) .
56 L
P A I TE XT SOCI ET Y P
RE ORT , 1 8 8 2 .

17 . P ra da sfidhan a sa n n é .
( SI n ha l ese Co pied from . a m an u
sc ript at T6r5n a Mon a stery in Seven Kdra l és ) .

18 . P ra da sfidhfin a l iya n a S a n n é .
( Si nhalese . Copied from
a m an u sc ript in Ridi Vihara ) .

1 9 Prayoga Siddhi
. .

2 0 Prayoga Siddhi
. .

21 . P ra di pikfi .

22 Hnpa Siddhi
. .

2 3 Rfip a Si ddhi
. San n e .

2 4 Rfip a Siddhi
.
m s
.

2 5 Rfipa M516
. .

Sadda Niti (See D . .

2 6 S a dda B in du
. .

Sa dda S nra tha Jfil in i ( See D . .

S u bbdhfl l a fi kfira ( See D . .

2 7 S u dhi ra m u kha Mandan a

.
(P fili Gra m m ar ) . .

2 8 S u ga nthi S t ra (A Puli Com m en t on B ula va téra P nli

. .
,

Gram m ar Copied from a m an usc ript in Tissawa Mon aste ry

.

i n Seven K6ra l és ) .

2 9 Vaj ira ttha Sfira

.
( A P fil i w ork .o n Poeti c a l A c rosti c s .

Copied from a m an u sc ript in Ridi W ihnra ) .

Vibha ttya ttha ( S e e D . .

Vu tt6da ya ( See.D .
58 PA L I TE TX S OCI ET Y RE PORT, 1 8 8 2 .

F — MI SC ELLA NEOUS ,
. SCI ENTI F IC M EDIC A I
,

» B ha isaj ya Ma fij fisfi .
( OnMedic i n e ) .

0
1 Ca kka vfil a Dipan i (On . B u ddhist Cosm ogon y ) .

0
0 Ma fij u sn (On Medic in e )
. .

$ Ratn a P a rikshfi ( On Ge m s in San skrit )

. .

Sata Sloka ya ( See B .

( O n Me dic i n e in San skrit )
. .

5 . S ure S a nkshép a
.
( On Med i c
. in e I n Sa n skrit a n d .

S In ha l ese .
)
Véda Vinic cha ya (See D .
( On . A stron om y , i n
referen c e to periodic al reli giou s servic es ) .

6 Y oga Pi taka
.
( On Me d.i c i ne ) .
C a ta logue of the P dli Ma nusc rip ts in the I n dia Ofi cs L ibra ry .

By H . OLDE NB ERG , Ph D . .

I — THE S A C RE D L I TE RA TURE
.
'

W ITH T HE CO MMENTA RIES .

1 ( P h a re
y Collec tion ) .

Man u sc ript of the whole Tip ita ka presen ted by the Ki n g

o f B u rm a .

The MS written in the B u rm ese c harac ter c on sists of

.
, ,

2 9 volu m es eac h o f whic h wrapped u p in a p iec e of silk i s

, , ,

plac ed in a wooden box Most of the S in gle vol u m es c on tai n .

t h e dates of Sa kka rfi 1 2 02 or 1 2 0 3 ( A D 1 8 41 I
j n c or . .

re c t n e ss th i s m an u sc r ipt fa r s u rpass es m ost of the MS S .

w ritten in B u r m a whic h I have se e n Th e c on ten ts of the .

si n gle vol u m e s are

I . V I NA Y A P I T A K A .

1 . S u tta vibha nga (first part ) 1 9 5 . le aves Sign ed with the

,

B u rm e se lette rs —
ka thi ; 8 lin es .

S u tta vi bha nga se o d part 2 1 7 l e ave s ( k — dh ) 8

2 .
( c n ) . a a

lin es (B hikkhu vibha nga , fol . ka — to ; B hikkhu n l vibh a nga ,

—
fol ta u dha )
. .

3 Ma hdva gga
. leaves ( .
p );
o 8 l i
2 49n e s ka — .

4 Cu l la va gga
. .
—
1 8 1 le ave s (k a n sIh a n d m il ; the leave s
‘

ta — m u a re m i ssin g ) 8 l in es .

5 P a ri vdra
. .
—
2 1 3 leaves (ka do) ; 8 li n e s .

II . SUTTA P IT A K A .

6 . Digha n ikdya . 3 60 leaves (k a — h i

z h ; th
’

e le tters ba — béh
are om itted) 8 lin es .

7 The Mu lap a hiidsa ka

. of the Maj j hima nikdya . 21 9 leaves
60 PALI TE XT SOC I ET Y P
RE O RT , 1 882 .

(ka dha
-
; the leaf ka i has been repeated twic e ; two differe n t
leaves are S ign ed Di ) ; 8 l in es .

8 The Mafi hi m ap a iiiidsa ka of the Mafi hima nikdya

. 234 .

—
leaves ( ka n fi) 8 lin es .

9 The Up a rzpa iiiidsa ka of the Mafihi m a n ikdya

. 1 6 4 leaves .

( k a — d hai ) ; 9 Hn e s .

1 0 The first three ve gge s of the S a m yu tta nikdya

. 2 64 .

—
leaves (ka phnh) 1 0 Hn es .

1 1 The S a ldya ta n a va gga ( fou rth vagga of the S a m yu tta

.

n ihaya ) 1 9 2 leaves ( ka — tfih) 8 li n es

. .

1 2 The Ma hdva gga sa m yu tta ( fifth vagga of the S a myu t ta

.

nikdya ) .
—
2 1 8 leave s (tha khyn) 8 li n es .

1 3 The first fou r n ip fita s of the A ngu tta ra nikdya

. 212 .

—
leaves (ka da i) ; 1 0 Hu es .

1 4 The fifth to the seven th n ip a ta of the A ngu tta ra nikdya

.
,

2 1 1 leaves (ka — de ) 1 0 l in es .

1 5 The ei ghth to the eleven th n i pnta of the A ngu tta ra

.

n ihaya .
—
3 0 1 leaves (ka ya ) ; 9 lin es .

1 6 Six of the sm all works c om posi n g the Khu dda ka n ikdya

.
,

V1 z :.

9 5 leaves
K hu dda kap dtha (k a — k u
) 9 li
. n es .

0 Udan a .
—
54 leaves (ka nfi) 9 Hu es .

9 I ti vu tta ka 2 9 leaves (ka.

— u ; 9 lin es
g ) .

S leaves — l es
52 (k ) i
~
S u tta nzp d ta a .ni 9 n .

V 3 4 leaves (ka — li es
® i m a n a ra t thu
g )
a u . 9 n .

P 2 leaves — li es
f l s ta va tt hu 6 (k a.
g );
n 9 n .

1 7 F ive of the sm all works c o m posin g the K hu dda ka

.

n ikdya , V i z .

S Thsra gdthd . 4 0 leaves (ka — h

g )i 9 li n es .

b . Thsrigdthd . 1 9 l eaves (ghu — na m) 9 li n es .

o. B u ddha va m sa . —
3 2 leaves (nfih j e) 9 lin es .

d . Ca riydp i ta ka .
—
1 3 leaves (jai jhai ) 9 lin es .

s. Dha mm ap a da .
—
1 4 leaves (ka kha) 1 0 lin es .

18 . Jdta ka , text witho u t A ttha ka thd . 1 93 —

leaves ( ka tha)
9 lin es .

19 . Two iden tic al C opies of the Ma hdniddssa both en din g ,

wi th th e S drip u ttas u tta . A c c ordin g to the dates given by

 L
P A I M SS . I N T H E I NDI A O F I CEF L I B RA RY . 61

S u bhfiti in Childers s Dic tion a ry S V niddeso this is on ly ’

, . .
,

t h e first of two parts whic h c om pos e the whole Niddssa the ,

sec on d do u btless bein g the Cu lla niddsso See Jou rn A s Soc . . . .

o f Ben g al 6 52 2 , , .

a .
—
1 8 6 leaves (ka tfi) 9 lin es .

b 1 9 6 leaves (j ho —m nh) ; 9 li n es
. .

2 0 a P a tisa m bhiddp a ka ra na
. .
—
1 9 8 leaves (ka thu) ; 1 0 .

lin es .

b Nettip a ka ra n a
. 63 leaves (k a —ci) ; 1 0 Hu es The . .

s u bsc ription of this work plac es it am on g the sac red sc rip

tu res ettfiva tn sam a ttfl n ettiyé fiya sm a tfi Ma hdka ccdnsna . .

b h fis itn b ha ga va tfi a n u m odita m fil as a ngi tiya m sa ngi tfl ti

’
. . .

A bo u t the style a n d the c on ten ts of this work see d Al wiS

’
, ,

I n trod xxi ii 1 0 5. . .

2 1 A p a dana 2 44 leaves (kn—pi ) ; 9 Hn es ( Therbp a dnn a

. . .

fo l. k a — thau Theri ap a dnna fol tham—p i )

,
. .

I II . A B H I DHA MM A P I T A K A .

22 . Dha m m as a nga nt —
1 44 lea es (ka thfih) ; . v lin es 8 .

23 . Vibha ngapp a ka ra n a —
1 8 6 leave s ( ks tn) . 9 Hu es .

24 .
—
3 1 4 l ea ves (ka ri the last letter be in g ,
writte n by
m istake for Ti ; on e lea f has got the two S ign at u res ha a n d

b fi) ; 8 lin es Con tai n s

.

a t . tu a thd (ks
k — m) .

b P u gga lap a iiiia tti (ni —jha)

. .

c K a thava tthu (jha ri )

.
— .

2 5 F
. i rs part of the Ya m a ka 2 9 1 leaves (ka m i ) ; 8 lin es
t — . .

n n t h m l —
C o tai s e u a ya m a ka ( ka ko) the kha ndha ya ma ka ( ka u ,

g a u ) the dya ta na ya ma ka
,
—
(gam j h) a the dh d tuy a m a ka (jha ,

h
j ) u ,the s a cs a ya m a k a (j h fi — t )
a u t h e s a n k h d ra ya m a ka ( m
t a ,

h the dhi —
d ) fi , a n usa y y
a a m a k a ( m i ) .

2 6 Sec o n d part of the Ya ma ha

.
—
1 7 1 l eaves (m i oyu ) ; .

8 Hu es —
Con tain s the ci tta ya ma ka ( m i yi ) the dha mm a
.
,

— the —
y a m a k a (y u V i ) i n dr iy y
a ,a m a k a ( v i o
y )
u .

2 7 Dukap a tthdna
. 1 8 8 leaves (ka — .tai) 1 0 li n es .

2 8 Tikap a tthdna
. k —
2 92 leaves ( a m i ) 1 0 Hu es
.
’
.
62 PALI TE XT S OCI ET Y RE P ORT , 1 882 .

2 9 Duka tikap a tthdna

. . 2 60 leaves (k a — phai ) 10 lin es .

Con tai n s a n u l om a d u k a tika p a tthfin a (k a —c h a ) , a n u l om a tik a

d u ka p .
(c h A—t i ) , a n ul om a tika ti ka p .
(ti — t h é) , a n u l om a d u k a

d u ka p h i— ha ik d k d k h am— n )
.
( ), p
t t
a c cua n a u a u a
p ( t e , a n u .

—
l om a pa c c a n ika du ka du ka p (na i dh a i ), p a c ca n ikfin ul om a du ka
.

d u ka p .
( dho —phai ) .

2 .

B u rm ese MS see the B u rm ese Catal ogu e No

.
, ,
.

Nissa ga of the P drdi ika Begin .

a n a n ta ka run fidhfira m Vi n e a da m a n a m
j In a m
yy
n a tv fi su n i u na m dh m m m d kkhin yy m g n
e a a u tta m a m
p a a a

m a hfia g ga b u (d)dhin nn
mma j sa bb a rn fin a
p j
fi it am

b a hu (s)su ta m m a hfipu ( n)fi a m sa ngh as sa a rin fi a ka m I

p y
sa ddha m m a (t) thitiknm ehi sa n te hi a b hiync ito
v in a m a n da b u ddhin a m fit a v a t thn a n issa ya m
y e
p y
u b bACa ri a si hAn a m a v a l a m b a v in ic c ha a m
p y y y
s u vi ( ) yy m
fl ii k ri fim i t to V ic a kkh a ne l
e a a ss osa
ya n

p u rfita n e su sa n te su n ssa yes u i pi tehi na

l in a n ta ra pa dnn
’
a ttho sa kkfi
. vi
( fi )fi éta ve ya to
sndhi fi a fi c a sa m b a n dha m v a c a n a ttha fi c a ka ttha c i
pp y
da ssa ya n to ka ri ssnm i v en a yika m a n oha ra m I
V i n a ya p ita ke thi te ens a n a s u a t i
m pp ( t)t hi ta m
m a hus sfihen a ya m yassa ta m n issfim en ta s fidha v o ti
The P AH text is in term ix ed w ith the B u r m ese version .

The first phrases of the P nrfij ika for in stan c e (ten a sam a ,

yen a b u ddho bha ga va Vera nj nyam viha ra ti Na leru p u c im a n da

m ule m ah ata bhikkhusa nghen a sa ddhim p a fi c a m a tte hi b hik
khu sa te ) are given in the fol lo win g wa y
hi — yen a sa m a yen a
aya sm a to S hrip u tta ssa vin a ya pa fi (fi )a ttiyac a n a hetu b hfito pari
V ita kks u da p ndi ten a sa m a yen a b u ddho bha ga v a Ve ra fic nya m
v iha ra ti Na le ru p u c im a n da m fil e m a ha tn b hikkhu sa nghen a
sa ddhi p a nc a m a tte hi bhi kkhus a tehi yen a sa m a yen a yen a
— —
knl en a Aya sm a to S firi pu ttas sa — Vin a ya p a fi (Ii )a ttiyfic a n a he
'

h —
tu b fito pa rivi ta kk o —u da fidi
p
— te n a sa m a e n a ten a kfil en a
y
— —
b ha a va b ddho Ve ra fi fi a m Ve ra n A a sa m i e Na le ru —
gu
j y j y p
1
Here h
a n d el sew ere , f g b
in re errin to n u m ers of the urm ese Ca ta l o B g
ue, th ose
of the C a ta l o g f ue orm erl
y i n u se a re m ea nt The M S S in q u esti on are now
gd di g
. .

a rran e a ccor n to this Ca ta l ogue .

 PALI M SS . I N TH E I NDI A OP EI CE LI B RA RY . 63

p u c i m a n da m fil e — m a ha tA— b hik kh u sa n hen a

g
—
p a fic a m a ttehi

b hikkhu sa te hi pa nc a sa ta p a m Anehi b hikkhu hi — sa ddhi -é

v i h a ra ti g Vi mj
a to ranjo
ti'

c a a SS A t i c a ve ra a ttha
j Atan

v i v i dhehi ra fi a a ti
j y ti ca ver um a b hib ha vi t j AtA ti ca

v Ak a m — s tc A fter war ds n o c o n ti n u ou s P AH text is given

y .
,

b u t o n ly th e sin gle words or sm al l parts of the text with

t heir Version or paraphras e .

3 .

B u rm ese MS see Catalogu e .

,
of B u rm ese MSS No .
, . 3 42 7 .

S a k ka raj 1 1 9 4 = A . D . 1 83 3 .

S ec o n d part of the S u tta vi bha nga , P AH text with B u rm ese

Ni ssa ya . B e gin s n am o, etc .
,
Ay as m a n to im e k h o d v e

n avu ti p Ac i ttiyA dha m m A u ddesa m Aga cc ha n ti te n a

sa m a y — Sak u tto — — —
Ha ttha k o v Ada kkhi tto ho ti
en a
y ap .

4 .

B u rm ese MS see Cata logu e .

, of B u rm ese MSS No .
, . 3 43 6 .

Sa k k 1 1 9 2 = A D 1 8 3 1
. . . .

Open in g sec tion s of the sam e sec on d part of the S u tta

vi bha nga ( the sec tion s referrin g to the B hikkhu sa ngha ) .

5 .

1 06 leaves sign ed with the B u rm ese letters

,
—
ka j hau ;
9 li n es ; B u rm ese wri ti n g Sakk 1 1 9 2 =A D 1 8 3 1 . . . . .

P AH text of the sam e sec tion s Of the S u tta vi bha nga .

6 .

B rm ese MS see the B urm ese Cata logu e NO 3 43 7

u .
, , . .

Sa kraj 1 1 46 .

The Ma hdva gga with B u rm ese Nissa ya Begin s : n am o

, .
,

e tc I ten a sa m a yen a ten a kAl en a bha ga vA bu ddho

.

— — — —
U rfiv elAya m Ne ra Iic a rAya n aj j A n a diyA tire b odhiru k
‘

kh a m fil e — a b h isa m b u ddho hu t p a tha m a m— v i ha ra ti

— — —
ath a ta em i sam aye kho bha ga vA b odb iru kkha m fil e
sa t tAha m — vi m u ttisu kha m i m di eka p a l l a n gen a
p t a
sa v e

n isi di .

7 .

B rm ese MS see the B u rm ese Catal ogu e No

u .
, , . 3 450 .

A n other c opy of the sam e work .

 PAL I TE XT SOC I ET Y RE PORT, 1 8 82 .

8 .

B u rm ese MS see Catalogu e .

,
of B u rm ese MSS No .
, . 3 456 .

Sakk 1 1 9 5
. .

The Cisla va gga with B u rm ese Nissa ya Begin s : n am o etc I

ten a sa m a yen a ten a kAl en a b ha ga vA buddho —S Ava tthiya m
. .
, ,

— —
— vi b arati te ns kho pan a sam aye P a nduka l ohita kA
.

b hi kkhfi a tta n Api — —

b ha nda n a kAra kA ka l a ha kAra kA Vi vA
— — —
da kAra kA b ha ssa kAra kA sa nghe a dhi ka ra na kAra kA , etc .

9 .

B u rm ese MS see C atalogu e of B u rm ese MSS NO 3 51 9

.
, .
,
. .

F irst c hapte r of the K a m ma vdc d c ol lec tion P AH tex t with ,

B u rm ese version a n d c omm en tary .

Begin s : n am o etc , .

AnAtikka m a to ra no Y a m a v hAn as sa tAdi n o

'

t b s pe tu m a ra ha n ta ssa AnAc a kka m su dul la bha m

n a m a si t til oka g ga ya tin da dha m m a rAj i n o
a m b u Am a l a m set tha m m olaa l isevi ta rn
d j
l
p A I
i S Am aham dAn i AnAc a kka m a thAba l a m
’
ra ca
y S
y
t ha pi ta m dha m m a rAj en a n Athena p u na si ri n A I

p a t ha m a m u pa
jj ha m g AhAp e ta b b o, etc .

The su bsc ription ru n s ( fol i ti p a fic a p p idhi ba l a sa m

.

a n n A a te n a S Asa na m a hoda ya ga esi n A A A t A A A m i

g p n n ra a n p t a s
2
b hfite n a im as m i m ra ta n a p fira a va bhi ta n a p u ra m hi a b hfita bb A

m a hAsu v a nna pAsAdAn a m S Am ibhfiten a

3
na m devAn a m in da to
m Ag ha va m hA b uddho bha vi ssa titi l a ddha va c a n e n a du tiya m p i ’

t Av a ti m sa bha va n a tO orohi t i m am sa riya ka dhAtu m im a sm i

rA a m u nic fi
j l An Am ika m c e ti a m hi h k i 4
’

y t pa a n a m a rot i t va t

t e n a d Ata p a bba sa ri ra ka dhAt u n A tha p i ta ssa

5
tassa m u n in da rAj a
m u n i c fil Anika ( ui ha s bee n c han ged in to m i ) 6
m a hAs u v ann a c eti
ya ssa dAya ka bh fite n a S irisudha m ma rdi dma hdvip a tin dm ika ma
hddha m m a rdj ena Ai ita n a S a ddha m m as i rin dm a thsrsna sAs a
"

n assa a thAsit e ka dv esa h a s sa kAl e

y sa kka rA
j assa pana c hAdhi
1 ka m olial isevita m, the text repea te wit the B u rm ese d h versi on .
2 °
vAta , the re ea te
°
p tex t d .

3 a bhtl ta ubb Ana m

p .

rAj a m a nic filAm ika c eti a mh l tha a ni karohi ti

y p .

5
dAtabbasa rira dhAtuu A .

m a Adhipa tin
°
7
.
 P ALI TE XT SOCI ET Y RE PORT , 1 882 .

7 pal m leaves prepared in a wa y sim ilar to the

-
( nu— fie ) ,

prec edin g MSS so that they have the appea ran c e of sheet iron
.
,
-

plates ; 7 lin es ; B u rm ese writin g .

Part of the P dtim okkha The MS c on ta in s first the . .

begin n in g of the work ( p 1 3 ed then differen t .

-
, .

short ex trac ts the en d : u ddittha m kho Aya sm a n to n idAn a m

,

( p
. 2 4 e d , e tc A part
. of the text is fol lo wed b y .

a B urm ese version .

18 .

1 86 lea ves see Cata logu e of B u rm ese MSS No 3 442

,
.
, . .

1 . fol ka kha (9 Hu es ; Sa kka r 1 1 9 2 ) Text of the P dti

.
- .

m okkha .

B gin s : n am o
e , etc .

sa m a cc a n i a di c a u da k a m Asa n en a ca
p p o

u p osa tha ssa e tAn i

p pp u a k a ra na n ti vu cca ti

c ha n dha p Arisu ddhi u tu kk hAn a m bhikkhn guna n A ca ovAdo

u
p os a th a ssa etAn i
p ti v u c c a ti I u
pp a k ic ca n

A t the e n d of the B hikkhu pAtim okkha foll ows (f kAh) .

a short passage c alled i n the su bsc ription Ovddap dtim okkha .

I t begin s : kh an ti para m um tapo titikkhA I n i bbAn a m para

m a m va da n ti b u ddhA I n a hi pp ajj ito p a rfip a ghAti Then .

fo llo w so m e passage s whic h the B u r m ese s u bsc ription s S ho w ,

to be taken from the P a ri vAra the C fil a va gga e tc , , .

—
2 f hhd gha m (ka — l n es Sa k k 1 1 9 2 Th
. .
g )
au 9 i e . . . .

P dtim okkha P AH text with B u rm ese tran slatio n

, .

I n trodu c tion : 1

desa ka m p Atim okkha ssa n a t b u ddhu ttha m a dha m m a m

(b u ddh a m — u t ta m a m— dha m m a n c a B ) .

p Ati m okkha m
(p Am okk ha m B) . a n a va
jj An am p Ati m o

kkha ga ta m se ngham I
A i ok khAn b hin n a n tu l ikkhissa m n a va n issa ya m
’

p t m u

n Atisa nkhe i ttAra m a ttA a m a n da b u ddhin a m I

p av
y
orAnA n is sa A k A m am m A Ati nkh A
p y y a s
p a n s a e p
kec AtiV i tta kA ke c i ta sm A te m a n da m b u ddhin a m I
1
Rea din g
swhich occur in the repeti tion of the text to g th
e er with the B urm es e
version, a re denoted b y B .
 PALI MSS . I N T H E I NDIA O F I CE L I B RA R F Y . 67

n a sa kkA dhAr itu m dis tam p u bb e kAtu kAm Aya

sa ti A i i tA ka t k A a m a l a b b hitVA
y p ca c n
ya o s

c i ra m okAsa m ese n to dAn okAsa m l a b hit

’
na I
Agateb i Vibha n e
g tu sikkhAp a de hi tam pada
b hAj a n iv a nna n Ah eva ( n Ahi c a B g unthi vi sodha n ihi ca l
)
’ °
.

t a ll ekha n a n a ye hi c a sa m sa n di t n a sAdhu ka m
sodhe tVAn a Vi ru ddha n c a
p a hA a a d
y hik a m pada m I
u u a ka mp a kkhi it A A ttAn a m n a ye hi ca
p V na p y u

d vihi VA tib i yu ttesu pAthesu g y

a ha sAsa n e I
s u k hAvagAra na m ( dhAra
°
s u k hu c c Ara na A ha n c a ka tVA
'

p t
B) .

n i ssa i dhA a nA
ya m ra c a
y ssa n ta m sa m ( )
m A ren t u sa
n I
— —
The te xt begi ns : sa m aj j a u i ca pa dipo ca Asa n en a u da
‘
—
a fi - — —
k os e tAn i ca ttAri ka m m Ani u posa tha ssa p u bb a ka ra na u
ti v u c c a ti a kkhAtAn i — c ha n da p Ari su ddhi u t u kkhAn a m —bhi
h
kk u ga na n A c a — ov Ado c a — e tAn i
p a fic a ka m m An i — u osa
p
t h a ssa —p u b b a ki c c a n ti —v u cc a ti a kkhAtAn i .

3 4 -
. The Khu dda sikkhA See No 1 0 5 . . .

19 .

B rm ese MS c om posed of three differen t parts S ee

u . .

C atalog u e of the B u r m ese MSS No 3 52 4 .

,
. .

1 51 leaves S ign ed with the B u rm ese letters ni —j h 0

.
, .

9 lin es Sakk 1 1 2 7
. . .

2 n d part of the K a nkhdvita ra n i i n P A H(c om men t on the .

P Atim okkha by B uddha ghosa see W e ste rg Cat p The ,

. . .

t ext b e gi n s in the explic ation o f the 3 rd Nissa ggiya r u le ;

t he e n d ru n s as follows (c om pare NO 45) Ka nkhAvita ra niyA .

P Atim okkha v a nna n Aya b hikkhu pAti m okk ha v a una n A n it thi tA II

a ra m a vis u ddha b u ddhivi ri a a tim a i i l Ak
p y p nd te n a S a TA
j
J a va m a

d di vAdig una sa m u da ya sa m u da ya (
si c ) sa m u diteu a sa ka l a sa m a

a ha u a a n a sa m a tth e n a p a fiAveyya ttiya

y a sa m a
y a n ta ra
g jj g
h o a h
s a m a n A a te n a
g tip ita ka p a ri ya ttip p a b hede SAth a ka the satth u
S Asa ne a
pp t ih a tAan Aka
pp a b hA ve n a m a h Av e
yy Ak a ra n e n a kara
na sa m p a ttij a n i ta sa m u k ha Vin i gg a t a m a d hu r odAn a va c a n a l Ava n
n y
a u tte n a
yu tta vAdi n A v Adi va de n a m a hAka vi n A pa bhi n n a k a
a tisa m b hi tA a ri vAre c ha l Ab hiIi Apa t isa m b hidAdip pa b he da g u
‘

p p
na p a ti m a ndito u tta rim a n u ssa dha m m e su pp a tit thita bu ddhin a m
68 PALI X
T E T SOCI ET Y RE ORT ,P 1 882 .

th e ra va msa ppa di pAn a m t herAn a m Ma havihdra vdsi na m ti a lan

kAra bhfisiten a Vip u l a visu ddha b u ddhin A B uddha ghdsd ti ga

ru hi
g a hita n Am a te re n a ka tA ayam K a nkhdvi ta ra n i n Am a PAti
m okkha va nna n A ti .

2 . 59 ,
—
lea ves sign ed with the B u rm ese letters bha l Ah
(fol lam is
. m i ssi n
g) 9 l i n es . .

F ragm en ts of the K a nkhdvita ra nt with B

rm ese Nissa ya u

( S ix th v ol u m e o f the whole w ork ) beg i n n i n g i n the 8 ,

.

s ikkhAp o f the O vAda va g a

g ( Mi n a efi p e i n the
‘

.
y n di n
g , .

5 sikk hAp o f the S a ha dha m m ika va g ga ( Mi n p

. . The . .

P AH text has c on siderably been altered for the p u rpose of

the Nissa ya .

3 Part of the K hu dda sikkhd see No 1 0 6

.
, . .

Coll ) 20 .
(Tu rn our .

2 69 leaves si gn ed with the Si n halese lette rs k a

,
— tho ;
m ostly 9 li n es ; S i n hale s e wri tin g .

The Digha nikdya The last leaf c on tain s a n i n dex of the

.

si n gle S u ttas c om posin g th is c ollec tion S ee the titles of the .

S u ttas i n W esterg a a rd s Ca talog u e p 2 1 ’

, . .

B u rm ese MS see Catalogu e of B u rm ese MSS NO 3 43 2

.
,
.
, . .

F irst part ( si la k kha n “

o f the D igha nikdya begin n i n g ,

w ith the B ra hm aj Al a su tta a n d en di n g with the Te v ijj a s u tta

P AH text with th e B u rm es e version of the Ma h Athera C una rd
ta m sa ka B e g in s : n a m o tassa etc
.
, .

n a m Am a ham p a kAsa n ta m u ibb u ti a m a ta m pa dam

’

a pa tip u g ga l a m b u ddha m de va s a ngh a p u ra kkhi ta m I

m a yA kate n a p u fi (fi )e n a su tta m s u khAva hen a c i ( c a

sebbe u pa dda ve han t raj issAm i ya thAba l a m I
I give here the begin n i n g of the first S u tta p u ttin g break s ,

for the B u rm ese pas sages .

bha n te Kassapa — i da m B rah m a] a l a su tt ma — e va m i m i n A

AkAren a — m m ay A
e— b ha g a v a to — sa ( m ) m u k hA— S u ta m ( wor d s

w i th whic h An an da i n trodu c ed at th e fi rst grea t c on voc ation

t he proc la m ation of thi s S u t ta ) — —
b ha n te Kassapa idam Bra h
 PALI MSS . I N T HE I ND I A OF F I C E L I B RARY . 69

m a
j Al a su tta m —me ma yA h v —
b a ga a to sa m ( m ) ukh A— e va m

su at m ( the sa m e sen ten c e is repeated still twi c e m ore )—ekam

— sa m a ya m— b ha ga v A—RA a a ha m — — NAla n ta m
j g a n ta rA ca

NAl a n ta ssa — a n ta rA c a m a ha kA m a ha n te n a b hikkh u san

g he na — p a nc a m a
'

t te hi b h ikkh u sa te hi su d t a ddhAn a

m a gga pa tipa n n o— hoti .

B u rm ese MS see Catalogu e of B u r m ese MSS No 3 49 6

.
, .
, . .

The Ma hdva gga ( S u ttas 1 4 2 2 ) of the Digha nzkdya PAH -

’

t ext with the B u rm ese Nissa ya by A riydla nkdra B egin s .

m a h Ap u fia m n a m a ssit m a hAkArunika m j m a m
p j y
fi a it n a sa ddha m m a m sanghan c a a nj a l i l
ka t
yam si l a kkh a n dha v a gg a ss a a desa
yi a n a n taram
m a hAva g ga m m a hApa Ii ( fi )o m a hAkAruniko j In o I
‘

ra c i ss a m tassa n issa a m I
y
n Atisa m khe i t th Ara m ri u nna vin ic cha a m
p p aav p y
sa m b u ddha sAsa n a t thA a sotfin a m u a na v a dd ha n a m I
y
b h a n te Ka sapas idam s u tta m me m y
a —
A bh a ga v a to
s e m a k hA— ev a m ete n a AkAra nen a su tam u
p a l a kkh ita
m
ek am sa m a
y am b ha ga vA S Av a tthiya m A n Atha pindi
k as sa ArAm e — kArito Je ta v a n e ka rerik u tikAra m —Vih u
—
r ati .

rm ese MS see Catalogu e of B u rm ese MSS No 3 43 3

B u .
, .
,
. .

The P dtika va gga of the Digha n ikdya ; P AH text with the

B u rm ese versio n by A riydla nka ra Beg in s .

v a tthu tta ya m ( n a m as s ) i t sa ra u a m sa b b a
p Ani n a m
sa m Ase n a ra c c issAha m At h a n issa a m I
p e ya va
gg y
b ha n te —
Ka ssapa idams u t ta m — — —
bha ga v a to S a n tike e v a m
—
m e m a yA su tam u p a l a kk hi tam — —
ekam sa m a ya m bha —
g a v A— Ma m a l l e su ( )
sic — A n u i
p y m
a n Am a M a l l An a m— n i gga m o

— a tthi — ta ttha —viha ra ti .

Coll ) 24 .
( Tu rnou r .

3 7 6 leaves S ign ed with the Si n halese letters

, ka — b hri ;
gen erally 8 lin es ; Sin halese writi n g .
 L X
P A I T E T SOCI ET Y P
RE ORT, 1 8 8 2 .

The S um a nga la vildsini A ttha ka thA to the Digha nikdya ,

.

The first stan zas of this in trodu c tion have been pri n ted b y
Childers Jo u rn Royal A s: S oc of Great Britain a n d I relan d
, . .
,

N S vol v p 2 8 9 ; see also the tran slation by T u m o u r Jou rn

. . . . .
, .

A s Soc of Ben gal Vol Vi p 51 0

. . I give the te xt with a ll
, . . . .

the blu n ders of the m anu sc ript Begin s : n am o etc .

, .

ka runAsi ta l a ha da ya m pa ii fiApa j j ota v iha ta m oha ta m a ha m

sa n a rAm a ra loka
g m gatam
u ru
g a tiv i mv a n de en
u tta m I
b u ddho pi b u ddha bhAva m bhAvetVA c eva sa cchika t c a
yam p g g
u a a to a ta m a l a m va n de ta m a n u tta ra m d h a m m a m I
su
g a tas sa ora sAn a
p Ip u ttAn a m m Ara s e n a m a tha u An a m
a t tha n n a m p i sa m fiha m S irusA va n de a riya sa ngha m I

i ti m e pa sa n n a m a tino ra ta n a tta ya va u dit n Am a ya m p u fiiia m

yam su v iha ta ttAyo hu t ta ssAn u bhAv en a
di gha ssa di gha su tta mki ta ssa n ip u n a ssa Aga m a va ra ssa
b u ddhAn u b u ddha sa mv a nnita ssa sad dhAva ha gu na ssa I
a ttha
p p a k A m
sa n a ttha a ttha ka thA Ad ito v a sisa tehi

a nc a hi yA sa n i tA c a a n u sa n i tA c a hA i
p g g p a cc p I
S i ha la dl pa m pan a Abha tAtha va sin A Ma hAm a hin de n a
h
t pa itA S i ha l a b h AsAya di p a v Asin a m a tth Aya

a n etVAn a tato ha m S iha l a b hAsa m m a n ora m am b h Asa m

ta n tin a yAn u c c ha vika m Aron to vi ga ta dosa m I

sa m a ya m a v il om en to the rAn a m the ra va msa pp a dl p An am
su n ip u n a vi n icc ha An a m Ma hAv ihArAdhi vAsAn a m I
y
h it u n A a ta m a ttha h k A i s Am i
p un a
pp g m a tt a mp a sa y s

su
j a n assa c a tu ttha ttha m C i ra tthi ta tth a n c a sa ddha m m a ssa I
si l a k a thA dh u ta dha m m A ka m m a tthAn An i c eva c ari sa bbAni
c a riyAv idhAn a sa hito u a sa m A a tti v i tthAro
j h A p
sa ddhA c a a bhifi fiA o
y p i
a fi fiAsa mk a l a n a n ic ch a
yo eva c

b a n dhA (kha n dhAP) dhAtAya ta n in driyAn i s riyAni c eva ca t

tAri II
sa c c An i a yAk Ara desa n A s u a risu ddh a n ip u n a n a yA
p a c c p
a v im u tta n tim a ggA V ip a ssa n A b hAv a n A c eva I
iti pan a sa bba mya sm AVisu ddhim a gge m a yA su pa risu ddha m
v u tta m
ta sm A hi bh iyyo na ta m idha vicAra yissAm i II
Visu ddhim a gge
m a j j he esa c a tu u n a m p i Aga m An a m hi
tha tVA p a kAsa yissa m ta tth a ya thAbhAsita m a tth a m
 L
P A I MSS . I N TH E I NDI A OPPI C E LI B RA RY . 71

i cc eva kato tasm A ta m pi ga he tVAn a sa ddhi me n Aya

a ttha ka thA a Vi
y j An Athe Di hAga m a n issita m a ttha n
g ti II
ta t tha DighAga m o n Am a si l a kk ha n dha va ggo m a hAve g go
A ik ti t tiva ggo hoti ti su tta to ca tu tti m
p t a va ggo va
gga o sa

S u tta sa nga ho I tassa v a gg es u S I l a kkh a n dha v a ggo Adi su tte su

b ra h m a j Al a m I b ra h m a j AlessApi I ev a m m e s u tan ti Adika m

Aya sm AtA A na n den a pa tha m a m a h Asa ngl tikAl e vu tta m n idA

n a m Adi I

Then follows the a cc ou n t of the first c on voc ation Con .

c l u sion of the whole work

e ttAv a tA c a II A i S u m a n e l e a ri v ena n iv Asin A thi ra gu

o to g p
Il e n e D A thAse n gha th e re va m se tva
y e n Aha m
1
II D i h
g gA e m as sa
2 ‘

d a ssa ba l a gu na ga na pa ridi pa na ssa e t tha ka them ya m Ara b him 3

’

S u m a nga l a v ilAsinim n Am a nAm en a

4
S Ara m AdAye nitthitA e sA

e kAsi ti
pp a m AnA a A
y p yH A b hA n a v Are hi I
I e kfi n a sa t thi m a tto Vis u

d dh im a ggo pi b hAna vAre hi a ttha pp a k Asa n a tthAya Aha m An a m 5

k ato ya sm A l ta s m A ten a sa h Aya m a ttha ka thAbhAna v Ara v a nne

n Aya
6
s u a ri m ita a ricc hinna
p p m ca ttAl i sa m satam "
hot i 8
I b hA
ne v Ara to ese m e yem pa kAsa ya n tim 9
Ma hAvihArAdhiVAsina m 10

m fil a ttha ka thAsAra m AdAya i m a m ka ron ten a ya m

11
m a yA
u fina m u a c i ta m ten a hot a sa b b e su kh i loko ti II
p p
Variou s readin gs of the followin g MS 1 ) dAdhAn Aga sa m .

h a teren a the re ve msa n v a e , 2 ) di ho a m a va ressa , 3 ) Ara b hi ,

’

g y g g
4 ) the MS adds SAhim a ha tha ka thAya , 5) Aga m An em, 6) g ana
°
.

n Aya , 7 ) l l sa sa ka m, 8 ) the MS a dds sa bba va ttAlisAdhikas e

°
.

tam p a ri m Ana m, 9
) ev a m sa m a y mp
a a kAsa
ya n ti, 1 0 )
°
si n am ,

1 1 ) m fil a ke tha ka thAvArasa m AdAya .

25 .

Two volu m es The first ha s 60 leaves Si gn ed with the

.

— —
B u rm ese letters ka nAh ; the sec on d 7 6 leaves S ign ed c a thu ,

( the lea f ti i s m issin g ) 9 li n es B u rm ese w ri

. tin g .

Third pa rt of the S uma nga la vilasini c om prehendi n g the ,

c o m m en tary on the la st 1 1 S u ttas of the D igha n ikdya The .

d ate is Sakraj 1 I 3 3 = A D 1 7 7 2 . The en d of the MS is

. . .

follo wed by 1 4 blan k leaves ; on ly the first page of the n in th

c o n tai n s the frag m en t of a P A Htext wit h B u rm ese versio n ,
72 L
P A I TE T SOCI ET X Y P
RE ORT, 1 8 8 2 .

begin n i n g - ti —sem m a ta m —ta v oha ra ti dham m a

a dha m m o

sa m m a ta n — n —
ti idA i dha m m o ti— sa m a em
t — d ha m m o ti
V ic a ra n ti — stc .

26 .
(Tu rn ou r Coll ) .

leaves sign e d with the Sin halese let ters

3 93 , ( on e —
k e m li
leaf has got the two sign atu res c e a n d ca i ) ; 8 lin e s on a n
av era ge in the first 9 in the sec on d part of the MS Sin halese
, .

writi n g .

The Maj j hima n ikdya The titles of the si n gle Su ttas c om

.

posin g th is c ollec tion are given by W estergaard Catalog u e , ,

p 2
. 2 .

27 .
( Tu rn ou r C oll .
)
leav es
3 94 ,
—
sign ed with the Sin halese letters ka m li ;
on a n

av erage 8 9 li n e s Sin hale se writin g

— . .

The P ap a iica suda n i A ttha ke thA of the Maj j him a n ikAya

, .

See W estergaa rd Catalog u e p 2 4 , , . .

28 .

4 5 le a ves , si g ed with n the Si n halese letters ka — ; 9 lin es

go .

Sin halese writin g .

The S dlsyya su tta (Maj j him a n ikAya 1 5 PAH text with , ,

Si n halese version a n d c om m en tary Su bsc ription : S Al eyya .

s Otre e rt the v Ak h Ana a i

y y y y .

29 .
(Tu rn ou r Coll ) .

4 63 leaves sign ed, w h it the Si n halese letters ka —SA (the

leaves do da u dAm, , a re m issi n g) gen erally 8 —9 Hu es .

S in halese writin g .

The A ngu tta ra nikdya See on . the d ivision of this c ollec tion
W estergaard Catalog u e p 2 9
, , . .

30 .
(Tu rn ou r Coll ) .

320 leaves sign ed with the Sin halese letters ka — p hu

,

n e lea f is sign e d da u dAm average — H es

(o ) ; on a n 8 9 u .

S in hal ese writi n g .

 P AL! TE XT SOCI ETY RE PORT , 1 8 82 .

32 .

21 leaves S ign ed with the Sinhalese letters

, ke —khu ;
8 lin es on a n average Sin halese writi n g .

The Dha mm ap a da .

33 .

B u rm ese m a n u sc ript ; see Catal ogu e of the B u rm ese MSS .

,

No 3 440
. .

Part of the A ttha ka thd of the Dha m map a da .

The text with Bu rm ese Nissa ya Begin s (v 7 6 F a usb ) . . .

n ic in i v e ve ttAu e n ti im am dha m m a de sa n e m sa tthA Jeta

p a

va n e v ihe ra u to — — —
Aya sm a n te m B Adhe m Ara bb ha ke thesi
SO g i hik Al e — S Ave tthi e m
y
— d uk ke b ra h m a no — a h osi kir a ,

eta — The MS en ds at . V . 1 56 .

34 .

2 93 leaves sign ed with the B u rm ese lette rs

, ka — mu ;
on an a ve ra e 1 0 lin es ; B u rm ese wri tin g S ak raj 1 1 78
g .

AD 1 81 7 .

Jdta ka ssa begin n in g with the du kka nipAt a

at tha va nna n d,

R
( j
A OVAda
j Ata ka ) e n di n g with the p,e fic a n ipAta K
( p j
a ota Ate ka ) .

35 .

17 leaves sign ed wi th the E u ropean n u m bers 1 1 7 ; 8 7

,
- -

lin es ; Sin ha l writin g . .

—
The first six Jdta ka e Of the sa tta n ipAta (ku kku j At d a .

sa u n a kej At ) together with the e tthe va nua n A

. .

36 .

leaves sign ed with the B u rm ese lette rs

65 ,
—
ka c fi (writte n
by m istake for on ) 9 lin es ; B u rm ese writin g . Sa kra j
1 I 53 = A . D . 1 7 92 .

The Ma hdcsssa nta raj dta ka the last , in the whole c ollec tion ,

with the a t tha va nna n A .

37 .

26leaves sign ed with the B u rm ese letters

,
—
ka gA; 9 Hu es ;
B u rm ese writin g .

The Ma hdia na kqi dta ka .

 P AL! MSS . I N T H E I NDI A O F I CE F LI BRA RY . 75

38 .

leaves S ign ed with the B u rm e se letters

22 , ka — kha u ;
9 8 Hu es ; B u r m ese writi n g
— Sakk 1 1 52 = A D . . . . 1 7 91 .

The Nsm iyaj dta ka .

39 .

38 leaves sign ed with Ce m bodj a n

,
—
letters j ya tA (written
b y m istak e for tyA; the la st l ea f is n ot sign ed ; the S ign at u re
j y
h fi is o m itte d ) .

A Jdta ka S u bsc ription : Ca n da ku m Aj Ata ka c pe ( P) pari

.

p u no Begin s : p a nda bhisiyAsidubba na ti ida m se tthA Jeta

. .

v a n e vi ha ra n to P a ficAC Are m Ara b bha ka the si k di va se m hi

I e a

b hikkh u , etc.

11 leaves Sign ed with the n u m bers lin es ; —

1 4 a nd 1 7 ; 8
-
,

S i n hales e writi n g .

The first 4 lea ves c on tain the text of the followin g 6 Short
S u tta s
1) n a u fifiAta b b es u tta .

2) j a rAm e ra na s u tta ( begin s 2 ,

3) e ttA i
p y e s u tta 2
( ,
4) p a m Ad es u tta ( 3 ,

5) a
pp am Ada s u tte ( ,
3
6) a
p u tta ka su tta

The fol lowi n g 7 leaves c on tain explan ati ons on these S u tta s .

6 leaves the first five bein g sign ed with the n u m bers 1 5 ;

,
-

—
8 7 lin es ; S in hale se writin g .

The te xt of a Su tta be gin n in g : ekam sa m a ya m bha ga vA

,

V eSAHya m viha ra ti A m ba pAHva n e tatre kho b ha ga vA bhikkhn

Am a n tesi b hikkha v o ti bha da n te ti te bhikkh fi bha ga v a to
a c c a ss osu m b ha a vA ete d e voc a a n i c c A bhi kkh a ve se mkhArA
p g
a ddhu v Abhikkha v e sa nkhArA a n essAS ikA bh s — The te xt en ds . .

f 4 6 ; the en d of the MS con tain s explan atory rem ark s

.
, .
,

ta ken probably fro m the e ttha ka thA .

 B ALI TE XT SOCI ET Y RE P ORT , 1 882 .

42 .

1 39 leaves sign ed with the Si nhalese letters

,
—
ka j ha i (on
is om itted) 8 lin es ; Sin h al ese writin g .

Vi m dna va tthu va nna n d c o m m en tary on the Vi m An a va tth u

,

( se e W es te rga a rd s Ca tal p
’
the sixth p
. a rt .of th e

K hu dda ka n ikAya by Aca riya dha mm ap dl a

, .

B egin s (c om pare the i n trodu c tion to the P a ra m e tth a di p a n i ,

W es tergaard Cat p 3 5) n e m o etc

. .
, .

m e hAkAru n ike m n Athe m fieyye sAga re pAra gu m

van de u ip una ge m bhi ra m v icitren a ye desa n a m I
V i Ac a ra ne se m p a n n A ye n a n i
jj yya n ti l oka to

van de ta m u tta m e m dha m m a m sa m m Asa m b u ddha pnj Ita mI

S i lAdi g u nasa m th i t m en n dh l
p o a
gg p
a a e su
yo

van de ham a riya sa ngha n ta m pu nnekkhe tta m

’
a n u tta ra m l
v a n da n A a ra ha tam iti
p fl
yam
u ii
ra t
ama n a
‘

tte ye

h a ta n ta rAyo s a bb a ttha h u tV A ha n tassa tej a sA I

’

dev a tAhi k e tam p u Ii Ii a m y a m yam p u rim a j Atis u

‘ ‘

tassa v im An Adipha l a sa m pa ttibhede to (sic) I

p u c c ha va sen a
y A tAs a m v iss a
j a n e va sen a c a j
a v e ttA dese n A ke m m a ha l a a c c he kk he kArini I
p p p
Vi m An a v a tthu ic cev a n Am e n a vasin o p u re
yam K h u dda k a n ikAy a s m im s e n A i
g ym su m a h e se
y I
s

ta ssAsa m a fi c a l a m b itVA p orAua ya ka thAn a ya m (p orAII a

tthe k °

ta tth a ta ttha n idAu An i vi bhAven tO vi sesa to I

su vi su ddha m a sa nk inua m n ip u n a ttha v in ic c ha ye m
Ma hdvihdra vAsi n a m y sa m a a m av ilom e ya m I
e thAba l e m k a rissAm i a tth e sa mva nnen a m su b ha m
y
se kk e cc e m b hAsa to t a m m e n isAm e
ya t he sAdh e v o ta m (
si c
)I
Iextract from the i n trodu c tio n the follo win g passage abo u t
the c on ten ts of the Vi m An a va tthu (fol kA) : idam hi Vim A .

n a v a tthu m d i dh t t m hA 1 ss a a na va
u V e n a p a v e a
p u cc v e se na v ]j
e a ca
s n I ta t th a v iss a
jj a n a g A thA tA h i dev a tA hi b h ns i tA p u c c h A

g Ath A pa n e k Ac i b ha
g a v a to b h As i tA kAc i S a k kA d i h i kA c i sA va

kehi kAc i therehi I ta tthApi yeb hu yyen a so yese kappa sa ta

sate m sa ha SS Adhike m ekam a sa mkheyya m b u ddhe ssa bhag a
v ato a A k bh A A u fi fi Ane s a m b h A re sa m bh a ra n t o
gg a s ve a v y a p
 PALI M SS . I N TH E I ND I A OP T I C E L I B RA RY . 77

a n u kk a m e n a sAv a ka pAra m iyo p fire tV A c ha l a b hinnAc a tu pa ti

sa m b hidAdiguna vise sa p a ri VAra ssa sa ka l a ssa sAva ka p Ara m ifiA
n assa m e ttha ta m patto du tiyo e gga sAva ka tthAn e thito iddhi
m an toen c a bha ga va to e ta da gge tha p i to Aya sm A Ma hdm ogga
ll dno te ue b hAs itA bhAsa n to (c han g ed in to bhAs a n tA) ten a c a
h m m tAv a l oka h i tA a de v a c Arike m c e ra n tena dev a l oke
p a t a a y ve

dev a tAn a m pu cc ha n a v a se n a p u n a tato m a n u ssdl oka m Age n tVA

m a n ussAn a m p u fi fie pha l assa p e cc e kkha ka ra na ttha m p u cc hA
V iss e j j a n a m c a ekajj ha m ke t b ha ga v a to p a v e de t bhikkh Q
ue m b hA si t A sa ke n e p u c c h a n a v a se na de va tAhi tassa vissa jj a na

b hAsi tA pi Ma hAm ogga l l An a tthera ssa b hAsitA e v a m ev a m bha

g a v e tA there hi deva tA pi ca hi c a (sic) p u cc hAve se n a ca deva

t Ahi v i ssa ta ttha b hnsitA a c c hA

ta ss A jj a n e v a sen a ta ttha .
p
d ha m m a v in a ya m se ngAya n te hi dha m m a sa ngAha kehi eka to

ka t Vi m dna va tthu icc e va sa nga ha m AropitA .

A S a sa m pl e of these s tories I give the Ce udAl ivi m An a with

the in trodu c tory part of the v a nna n A (the tex t of an other
V i m An a ve tth u witho u t the in troduc tion of the c om m en tary
h a s been pri n ted by Mina yefi P AH gra m m ar pp xix xxi v
'

,
— , .

o f the R u ssia n

F o l khah : ca n ddli c a n (da ) p dddn i ti ca n ddlivim dna m kA u p

'
.

pe tti bha ga v A RAj agab e v iha ra n ts p e ccu se v el Aye m b uddhA

c inne m m a hAka runAsa m Ap e t ti se m Ap a
jj i tV A hA
t y
vut e l o k a m
o l o ke n to a dda sa ta s m im ye va na mg a re c a ndAlAv At e s e n tim

ek a m m a he ll ika m c a uda l im k hinAyu ke m n i ra yesa m v a tten ikem

ke m m a m se m u ssAhi te m A
’
c a S SA u
p et thi te m m a hAke ru nAyA
nas o sa
g g a sa mv a tta n iya m ke m ma m kAre t ten
’
e ssA n i ra
y
u
pp sag
a ttim n ise dhe t e
g p a ti tthA e ssAm i c in te t
p b hikkhu
s a nghene sa ddhim RA e a he m i i i te a sa a
j g i
p nd y p
A a Av s t n c e m -

ye n a S A ca ndAli dandam ol u bbha n a ga ra to n ikkha n ti bhaga

Va n tem Aga c c ha n te m dis a bhim u khi hu tV A e tthASi bha ga v A
pi te ssAge m a na m n iv Aren to Viya p u reto a tthAsi a tthAya sm A
M a hAm og gel l An o satth u c i tte m na t te ssA c e Ayup e rikkha ya
b h a ga v a to va n da n a m ni
y j
o en to

ca n dAl ivan de p AdAn i G ota m a ssa ya sassin o

ta m eva a n u ke m p Aya a tthAsi i sis utte m o I
a b hi a sAde hi m a n a m a ra ha n ta m hi tAdin o
pp
khipp a m p a nj a l ikA vande pe ritta m ta va j ivika m I
 PALI TE XT SOC I ET Y REP ORT , 1 882 .

c oditA b hAvite tte se ri ra u ti m a dhAri u A

can
dAl i van di p AdAn iG ota m a ssa ya sas si n o
a va dhi bhAVim c a n Alim l hi
ta m en a d p j
a fl a i t ta m
n a m a ssa m An a m sa m b u ddha m a n dha kAre a b ha m ka re m
p
khi nAsa v a m v iga ta re ii a m e te a mj j eka m e ra nfie m hi m a ho
n i si n n a m
dev iddhip a ttA u p a sa
mka m i tV A v a n dAm i ta m vira m ah A
n u b hAv A I
su v a nna v a nnA
j a l itA m ehAya sA Vi m An e m oru
yha a n ek a

c ittA

p a riv AritA a c c h a rAsa m g n

a on a kA tv a m su bhe deva t e
v a n da se m ha m I
ah b ha n te
am d Al i k Aya vi re e
n pca n
e si tA
v a n dim a re ha to p Ade G ota m a ssa a sa ssin o I
y
S Aha m v e n di t p AdAn i c u tA c a nd Al a
yon iyo

v im An a sabbato b ha tta m u p a n n a m hi n a n da n e I
p
e c ha rAn e m s a tesa he ssa mp u ra kkha t na ti t tha ti
ta sAha m p a v e rA se t thA v a nne n a sa sA u kA
y I
a hu ta ka l
p yA p j
n A sa m a An A a ti ssa tA
p
m u n im k Aru n ika m lok e ta m am bha n teva v e n di tV At u m

Aga tA I
ide m v e t n a c a ndAli ka te mii fi ka ta v e din i
v e n di t a ra ha to
p Ade ta t th eve n ta ra dh A a ti
y II
Va riou s rea dings . The c om m en tary C .
,
the B u r m ese MS .
,

11 . 1, 16 e : B .

1 . c a ndAl i B .
— The c o m m en tary havin g explain ed
, a fter

isis ’
u tta m o, gives the v a r . readin g isise tta m o a n d S O rea ds B , .

—2 . tAdin e B .
—i v ita mC
j .
, i ita m B .
—3 . m o di tA b hAv ite tte n a
C .
, c otitA b hAv ite tthe n a dhArin A C B — 4 en e m C B .
— °
. . . .
,

e e
n m B — avad h g i C avadhi gAvi B p a nj a l im C
i Av
.
— '
.
, . .
,

a fic a l i B — 5 vi te raj e m a u ej em B .
— —
raho n is C B vi ra C .
°
. . .

6 Aru e C h — g n en a C B — m m ti C m am m B
.
y a e n e.u a g a e n e , .
, .

7 b ha dda n te B
.
— ta ssA the ren a B , te yA vi rena C —8 yon iyA
.
°
. .

C B v im A a m sabba to b ha dda m C B
n — u a se n u e m hi B
p
-
.
. . . .

9 . a c c h ArAn a m sa ta sa ha ss A
p u ra kkhit m a m tittha n ti B .

t AsAhem CB y a sa S Av u tA C a s a s sA u n A B — 1 0 p a h fit a
. .
, y y . .

ka l yAn asa m p a j e n a pa tissa tA C .

, ba hu ta k a ta ka lyAuA sa m p aj An A
 PALI MSS . I N TH E I NDIA OF F I CE LI B RA RY . 79

p a ti ssu tA B .
—ta m b h a n te va n ditu m Aga tA C B . .
-
11 . v an de tVA

B .
—a n te ra dhAya thA ti C .

43 .

leaves si g ed with
89 ,
n the —
Sin halese letters ka di (l ea f ne i
i s m issi n g) 8 lin es ; Sin halese wri tin g .

P eta va tthu va nna n d ( P a ra ma ttha dip a nt) c om m en ta ry on the ,

s ev e n th part of the K hu dda ka n ikA a si m ilar to the pre c edin g

y ,

w ork a n d c o m posed by the sa m e a u thor The in trodu c tion is .

alm ost iden tic al with the in trod to the Vim Ana va tthu va una n A .

( 2 sa
°
m p a n n a m ta m a
,
n u tta re m 3 s a m p a n n o ; h
,a m is o m itte
°
d
’
,

4 v a n da n a m j a n item p u ii na m 5 petehi c a k e tam ke m m a m

,

a m ya m u ri m a At is u eta bhAv Av e h a tte m te hi h a la b h eda to

y p j p p ,

6 p a kA g j
sa a n ti b u ddhAu e m dese n AyA V is esa to sa m ve a a n a n l
y
k a m m e pb a l a m p a cc a kkha k Arin i, 7 P e ta v a tth fi ti n Am ena
ri nnAte va tthu kA yam etc m a h e sa yo, 8 tassAk a m m Ava
su
p a , .
,

l a m bit p orAna t tha ka th Ana

ya m , 10 se kkecc a b h Asa to
) .

Con c lu sion
ye te p etesu n ibb a ttA sa bb a du kka ta kArin o
yehi ka m m ehi tesa u tam pApe kam ka tuka pp ha l a m I
p a c ca kkha to vib hAven ti p u cc hAvissa
jj a n ehi VA

desa n Au iya m e n e va sa tta sa m v e ga ve

dd h a ti I
y am ka thAva tthu kusa l A su pe ri fi fiAte va tthukA
P s ta va tthu ti mg y
A i
n Am e n a sa m su m a he sa
y I
o

ta ssa ttha m p a kAsetu m p orAn a ttha ka thAn e ye m

u i ssA a A e m Ara ddhA a ttha msa mv a nnen A m a A I
y y s
y
A ta ttha a ra m a tthAne m ta ttha ta ttha thA h m
y p ya ra a

p ekA sen A P a ra m a ttha dip a nt n Am a n Am a to I

sa m p a ttA e rin i t thAn a m a n Ak u l e vi n ic c h a o

p y
a nnAra se m e ttA e i b h A
sa
p y p lyA o An a v re to I
iti ta m sa m khAron ten a ye n ta m a dhi ga te m m a yA

p u fifie m essAn u b hAve n a l oke u Ath es se S Asa nem I

o g Ahe t vis u ddhA ca Si lAdip a tip a ttiyA

se bbe pi dehin o b on t u Vim u ttira se bhA

gi n o I etc .

Va da tti ttha vihdra vdsi n d m u niva re ya tin A bha da n ten e Aca ri

dh a m m ap dlsn a ka tA P e te v e tthu sa mva nna u A sa m e ttA ti
ya .

I t is evi den t that the c om m en tary on the Thera gAthA de

 L
P A I T E T SOCI ETY X REP ORT , 1 882 .

sc ribed by W este rgaa rd Catal p 3 5 belon gs to the sa m e , . .

,

a u thor .

The Pe ta va tthu s are stories sim ilar to the Vim An a va tthu S ,

trea tin g of the Offen c es for whic h m en have bee n reborn i n

the Peta world .

The titles of the sin gle stories are given thu s in this MS
Khen tu pa m Ape ta va tthu va nna u A (e n ds f k i ) — S il ka ra p (kl )
'
. .

P fitim u kha p (ku ) — P itt ha dhi ta l ik a p (kn) —Tirok u dde p (k h

. . .

— P a fl c a p u ttekhAda ka
p ( l )
k l — S a tta
p u tta khAda ka
p (k e
) . .
'

Gonap ( ko) Ma hApesa kAra p (ka u ) Kha l Atiya p ( ka h )

. .
-
.
’

NAgap (khi)— Ura mga j Ata ka va tth u v (khu ) — S e ms Ara m o c a

. .

.
—
ka p (kh ri ) S Arip u tta tthe ra sse m At u p ( khll )— Ma ttAp (kh a i ) . .
'

— Na n dAp (kho)— C a nda k u nda l i ( kho )— Ka nha (khAm ) ’ '

.
p p . .

— Dha n a Ala
p p (g )
a —C fi a se hi
l tt p (g ) .i — A nk u ra
p (g a i ) . .
’

Ut a e m Atu p ( ga u )
t r — S u tta p (gah).
— Ka nna m u nda p (g hi ) . .

—U bba rip gh u A b.b ij h a m An a

p g h ri S’
A n u v As i p j . .

ghe ’
Re tha kAra p ( gho ) B hu sa p (ghau ) Ku m Ara p
. . .

( g h)
h — S i i — M i l — D i l dd
e e r n
p ( )
na
ga u dda p ( nA ) u
. t ya u a p . .

( n A ) — ’
K fi t a v in ic c h a
y ika p ( ni ’ —
) D h A t u v i va un p (
a u i )
1
. .
’

n e .
—
Na dik p ( nAm ) Reva tip ( nAm ) Uc c hu p ( c a ) Ku m A
’ '
— — . .
'

. c — —
rap ( ) RAj a p u tta p ( c i ) G fitha khAda kep ( c l ) Ga na p
A .
— '
. . .

( 0 1 — P At p
a l i u t t a
p ( c u — A m b a p ( c fi )— . A kkh a d u ra kkh a
p .
'

( r)
c i — B h o g a sa m h a ra
p ( r )
c i S e tt h 1
p u t ta p ( r )
c i .
— S et t hi
’
-
.
'

k fite sa ha ssa p .

B u rm ese MS see Catalogu e of B u rm ese MSS No 3 46 3

.
, .
,
. .

S u tta sa nga ha The badly written a n d m u c h c orru pted in

.

trodu c tio n ru n s th u s (by B I design ate the readin gs of the .

,

t ext rep e ated toge ther wi th the B u rm e se versio n )

s u tta m su tta m m u n i n dAha m (aham— m u n in da fi c a B ) s u t ta .

sa n a h a A i A
g p ly
a nek e v ora ka (
°
v orik a m B .
) a tth a di
m p e n to d esa k ehi ca I
ve n di t yAc ito n Atha m dha m m a di p a ka bhikk h u n a m

m a n am u dAha ra m n e t dIp essem a p pa ka m ida I

’‘

1
Here a re to be inserted : A m basa kkha ra p . and Serisa ka p .
, w ich h titl es are

missin pro g b bly by th

a e loss of fol na i . .
 PAL I T EX T SOC I ET Y P
RE ORT , 1 88 2 .

g a m a n Aga m a na se m
p a nne Ma nira ta na n dm a ks
alaye p u na n ipp a tte sa n tAsa n e tibhu m m a ke
b a hu gga na vAc a ken e a ti ga m bhi ra bu ddhi n A

Adim h
’
a riya sa dde n a A la nkdrd ti n Am in A I
m a hAthe re n a yu tten a AhAp et n a sa bb a so
sAdh a kAn a ( m the repet
sAva k An ai tio n wi th the B,
u rm e s e

version ) vAc a n a n c a a n ta TA a n ta ra kkha ne I

e kAdika m sa tta tIn ca dv isa ta m dvisa ha ssa ka m (dvi sa ta sa
h e sse ka n c a , the repetition )
va sa se n
j hAna m (v a ssa sa n
j hA n Am a , the repetition ) va se n a
sa m p a tte I n a sA I
j sa n e

raj iko n issa

yo aya m A tha sAl in i nAm a ko
—
m u n isAsa n a fi c a bu ddhiyA c a ra va to 1

a thA a n e n ta rA e n a n i tthi to n issa o ayam

y y y
h on tv An a n ta rAyene va m s ukhi no sa bbe A
p ni n o I etc .

The work be gin s

n a m o etc
I k Am Ava c a ra k usa l a
.
m— de sset — i dAn i — r fip A
v a c a ra ku sa l a m da ssetu m ke ta m e dha m m A kusa l A tiAdi
v a ca na m

4 43leaves Sign ed wi th B u rm ese letters 6 lin es B u r m ese

, . .

writi n g Sakk . 1 7 59 . .

The PAH text of the Vi bh a nga The a ppearan c e of this MS . .

a n d the style of writin g are m u c h ol der t han the avera g e o f

B u r m ese MSS A large n u m ber of l e a v es is m issin g a n d th e

.
,

order of the e xtan t leave s is distu rbed The le ave s a re plac ed .

n o w i n the follo win g or der : h — h — b eh—

j h A c h a g a c Ah t ta , , ,
'

II a —nAh , da — d a , h
d ,
a dAh —
dll
’
d h
, A— d ha h , na — b hAh( h
tA
is pla be e tAc ed — tw —
ti ) m a i m a m o m Ah y l n
en a — a nd , , , ,

sA
h— v a l Ah— l fi ka kh Ah l h la
, A a il — eu e m— a e ham
, , ,
-
, , ,

—
h a kya ghya m T hen follo w 3 6 leaves (ke —gAh) c on tai n i n g
, .

an othe r c opy of the begin n in g of the work .

47 .

B u rm ese MS see Catalogu e .

, of B u rm ese MSS No .
,
. 3 4 51 .

Sakk . 1 1 89 =A . D . 1 828 .

1
F rom thi s lin e onl y th ese wor d s are exta n t in term ixe d with th B e urm ese
versm n .
 PALI MSS . I N T H E I NDI A OP EICE L I B RARY .

Comm en ta ry the Vibha nga P AH a n d B u rm ese c alled by

on , ,

the a u thor in the i ntroduc tion a ttha venna n A porAna ttha ka ,

t hAn a yA I q u ote the fol lo win g stan zas from the in trodu c tion
.

( c o m pare No 1 0 5) .

V I n Atu ttho n a sa kkA hi sa u te pi u bb a u issa e

’
p y
su k hen a m a n da a fi iiehi ra ca a issAm aham n a va m I
’

p y y
n Atisa nkhe i h n issa i h k
pa v tt Ara m ya m m a t va dd a a m
sikkhAkAm e na a ti n A c i to Ca nda m a n
'

y yA cu nd I
A fter the in trodu c tion the c om m en ta ry begin s ( f kO —ka u
)
’
.

p e nc e kkha n dhA I rfipekk ha n dho I pa I s u tta n ta bhAj a n iya m

n Am a

48 .

B u rm ese MS see Catal of the B u rm MSS No 3 467

.
, . . .
, . .

B u rm ese Nissa ya of the Ya ma ka The PAH text is given

on ly I n very defic ie n t extra c ts a n d q u otation s Eac h Y am ak a .

for m s a v ol um e exc epti n g the A ye ta n a a n d DhAtuya m a ka s

, ,

wh i c h are c om bi n ed i n on e vol u m e Two volu m es are pre .

m i sed as a n i n trodu c tio n to the pri n cipal work the fi rst ,

i n sc ribed M dtikdnaya tva i (B u rm ese trea tise with fe w PAH

q u otation s) the sec on d t tuka thdna ya tva i bein g a P AH
, ,

B u rm e se Nissa ya of the third vol u m e of the A b hidha m m a

’

pi taka .

49 .

B u rmese MS see Catal of the B u rm MSS NO 3 468

.
, . . .
, . .

F irst part of the sam e work en din g with the Sa cca ya m a ka , ,

w ithou t the two prem ised vol u m es m e n tion ed a bove .

73 leaves ; B u rm ese writin g Sakk 1 1 40 = A D

8 Hu es ; . . . .

1 7 79 The m an u sc ript c o n tain s two works

.

1 fol ka kham (the letter khe has been pu t t wic e) : the

. .
-

A bhidha mma tthas a nga ha S ubsc ription : A nuru ddhdca riysn a

.

ra c i ta mA bhidha m ma ttha sa nga ha mn Am a

p a ka ra na m sa m a ttha m
n ithi ta m .

C hapte rs (p a ric cheda ) of this treatise

.
—
f ki c itta sa nga ha vibhAga f ke . c e ta sika sa nga ( )
ha vi bhAg a
 PAL I TE XT SOC I ET Y P
RE ORT , 1 8 8 2 .

— f k o a kiu na ka sa nga (ha )vibhAga — f ka m '

v idhise n a ha vi
.
p .
g
— ’
b hAga f khA V idhim u tta sa nga ha vib hAga
. n ithi to ca A bh i

d ha m m a ttha sa nge he sa bb a th A pi c itta c ete sika sa nga ha v i

b hAg o — .
—
f kh l rfipa sa nga ha v ib hAga f khe 2 sa m u c c a ya .

S a nga ha v ib hAg e — .
—
f khai p a c c a ya sa nga ha vibhAga f kham .

ka m m a thAn a sa nga ha v ibhAga .

2 fol g
. .
—
u c hu . The t tuka thd, third part of the A bhi
dha m m a p ita ka .

51 .

The fou rth part of No 55 fol .

, . c hfi— jha . S akk 1 1 68
. .

The A bhidha m ma ttha sa nga ha .

52 .

B u rm ese m a n u sc r see Catal .

, . of rm MSS NO 3 466
B u . .
,
. .

The A bhidha m m a tthasa nga ha with B u rm ese Nisse ye by

A gga dha m m dla nkdra .

53 .

B u rm ese m an u sc ript see Catal , . of B u rm MSS No

. .
, . 3 50 4 .

S a k 1 1 49 = A
. . D . 1 78 8 .

The A bhidha m m a vi bhdva n i, om m en tary on the A bhi

c

dha m m a ttha sa nga ha , by S u ma nga l dca riya text with B u rm ese

Nissa ya by A riydla nkdra .

The g reater pa rt of the i n tro duc tion is i den ti c al with the

i n trodu c tion of the Nisse ye s of the Vibha nga ( NO 47 ) a n d .

the Khu ddas ikkhA (No The in trodu c tion en ds : .

S um a nga ldca rirsn a A bhidha mm a vi bhdva ni

ti kA yA ra c itA ta S SA sa u te pi p u bba n issa ye I
m a n da p a ii ehi sottIhi n a se kk a tto hi j An itu
‘ ’

ra m a tta fiu kAm e hi b hikkhfihi a bhi Ac ito I

p a y
n Atisa nkh e a vi ttAra m ra c issa m( n a v a n issa ya m )
p
i n a sAsa n a v ad dha tta m p a ri u nna vi n icc ha a m I
j p y
A m o n g the blan k leave s whic h follow the en d of the work ,

a re two writte n pages The first sig ne d with the B u rm ese

.
,

l e tte ka c on tain s the in terestin g begin n in g of a c om m en ta ry

r ,

o n K a ccdya n a s gra m m ar
’
 P ALI M SS . I N THE I ND IA O FFIC E L I B RA RY . 85

n a m e etc .

i a m ArAtika m b u ddha m dha m m a m m oha vidha m sa ka m

j t
ven dit u tta m a m s e ngh a m K a ficdya na n c a
'

v e nnita m I
K a ficdya nassa b he dA hem a thAra ha m
’
my sa b b a oga
y
j
sotu a u An a m In a tthA a
y p a v a kk hAm i sa m Asa to I
ka si ka m m Adin A b yApAre n a dip pa ti yo pitA
i ti Ka cc a ssa pu tto thu tassa Ka c cAya n o m ato I
en eva ka ta sa tta m pi Ka cc Aye n a n ti fiAya ti
t
Ka cc Aya n a ss idam su tta m ti m in A va c a n a ttha to etc
’
.

The sec on d of these lea ves c on tain s the begi n n i n g of the

fou rth part of the Ka m m a v Ac A c ollec tion (n am o etc su nAtu m e .

b ha n te sangho idam sa ng ha ssa ka thin a dus sa m u pp a nn a m

54 .

Man u sc ript in B u rm ese writin g ; see Cata l of the B ur m ese .

MSS No 3 499 .
, . .

1 The S a nkhsp a ra nna n d c o m m en tary on the A b hidha m

.
,

m a ttha sa nga ha by S a ddha m maj otip dla ; P AH text B egi n s .

n a m o etc I .

tikkh a ttu m pa tta l a nko yo p a ti thapesi sAsa n a m

v a n di tVA l oka n Atha m ta m dha m m a m se ngha n c a p fi I te m I
j
Aga tAga m asa tthe n a c a ndo va se ra d am p e re
’

a te n idh a dl a m h i Ma hAv i a a b Ahu n A I

k j y
’

p A p
u kku tika m n isi ditVA sAsa n a t thAb hika nkh in A
Ac ito ham ka ri S SAm i S a nkhe a a da va n na n e m I
’

y p p
p o rA ne hi ka tA
’
n e k A sa n t i y A pa n a v a nna n A
etA v e l Adi h
g a b b e
j
su a o ta c a n da v fi a m
p A
ta sm A kh a j j e ta n t u pa m a m k a rissa m kiii c i va n n a n a m

ta m S Adha vo n isAm e tha sAsa n a ssa s u b uddhiyA t i I

ta ttha pa da v a nna n a n ti I sa m b a n dho p a da v ib h Ago I pa da

c in tA p a da ttho I
The work follo ws the divisio n of the A b hidha m m a ttha
sangaha in to 9 p a ric c he da s .

2 The sa m e work the P AH text to gether wi th a B u rm e se

.
,

Nissa ya by A riydla nkdra the sam e sc hola r to whom t he B r ,

u

m ese a re i n d ebte d for the versio n of so gre at a n u m be r o f

im portan t P AH works .
 II .
—GRA MMATICAL A ND LEXI CA L W ORKS .

97 leaves Sign ed with the B u rm ese letters from ka to j ha

,

lea v es are sig n ed wi th ii a i the sec on d bein g a repet itio n

(t wo ,

o f the first ; two leave s are sign ed 0 1 ; the S ign atu res on a n d

j h
A are o m itte d) ; 9 Hu es B u r m ese w riti n g Th e MS c o
,
n . .

tain s the date of S ak rAj 1 1 68 = A D 1 8 0 7 . . .

1 fol ka c i 2 K a ccdya na s g ram m ar text a n d sc hoHa

’
- .
. .
, ,

F or a n exam ple of the readin gs of th is MS I se lec t 4 1 5 1 6 .

,
.

( M. Se n art S ed i tion p
’
1 7 4 ) , .

ma ha l a m ma hd tu lyddhika ra ns p a ds II

tesa m m a ha n ta sa ddAn a m m a hA Ade sA (corr Ad eso) hoti tul yA .

dh ika ra ue pade m ah e u to c a so pu riso C A ti m a hAriso (sic)

.
.

m a ha n ti c a S A devi c A ti m a hAde vi m a ha n ta fi c a tam balafi

'

C A ti m a hApha l a m m ah e u to c a so n Ago C A ti m a hAn Ago

.
.

m a n to (sic) c a so yaso C A ti m a hAyaso m a han ta n ca ta m .

p a du a va n a fi (sic
p ) C A ti m a hA p a du m a va nam m a ha n ti c a S A .

n e di C A ti m a hAn a di m ah e u to c a so m a m C A ti m a hAm e ni
'
.
.

m ah e u to c a so ga ha p a tik o c A ti m a hAga ha tiko m a h a n ta ii .

c a ta d ha n e ri C A ti m a h Adha n a m m aheu to c a so pu nO C A
'
‘

ti m a hApu no ba hu v a c a n e gga ha nen a kva ci m a ha n ta sa dda ss a

.

m a hA Adeso hoti m a n ta n (corr m a ha n te n) c a tam phale n C A

'

. .

ti m a he bbe l a m m a ha n ta n c a tam phale n CA ti m a ha p pel a m

.
'

m a ha n ta fi c a tam dhan a n c A ti m a ha ddha n a m m a he ta n c a .

ta m bh a ya Ii C A ti m a ha bb heya m II
'

i tthiya m bhdsi tap u m ittha p u m d va cs II

i tthiya m tul yAdhika ra ne pade cab hAsita pu m itthi p u m A v a
da t tha b bA di ghAj e nghA yassa
. so ya n ti digha j a ngho ka l
’
.

i yassa so ti b a hu tA p u Ii A
‘

b h A kal yAna b ha riyo

’
y A nA a r
y y a n .

i A y a ssa so ti bhAsita p u m eti ki m

’
( ) b a hu p a no
'

ex
c orr
p .
ya n .
 PAL I MSS . I N T HE I NDI A OP T ICE L I B RA RY . 87

a ttha m . b ra hm a na ba u dhu ca SA b ha riyA c ati (corr . c eti)

b ra h m a na ba u dhu b ha riyA II
2 . fol . The text of Ka c c Aya n a withou t the sc holia
c u - c Ah . .

3 fol C he c hu
.
—. A ppe n dix to the gra m m ar PAH a n d
.
,

B u rm ese c al led in B urm ese vibha s sva y ; the P AH text

,

—
b e gin s : pa ra ssa m a nApa yoge l m ga tthe pa the m A— Al a pa n e ca .

.
—
4 fol c hA j ha A bhidha m ma ttha sa nga ha see u 51
. .
, . .

56 .

leaves ( — 5 li n es ; Ca m bodj a n writi n g

36 ka gah) .

K acc dya na s gra m m ar tex t

the S u ttas en din g with the of
’
, ,

e n d o f the KAra ka ka E a h S t ta i s fo l lo we d by a
ppa c u .

S iam ese tran sla tion or paraphrase .

57 .

Two vol um es see Ca tal , . of the B u rm ese MSS .

, Nos 3 43 4
.
,

3 43 5 . B u rm ese writin g .

S tri m dldcd, K accdya na

’
s gram m ar with B u rm ese tran slation
a nd e xplan ation s .

58 .

B u rm ese MS . c on ta in in g the S a n dhika ppa , Sa m Asa ka pp a ,

T a ddhiteka p pa , Ak hyAta ka p pa , Kita ka p pa of the sam e work .

S ee Catal . of the B u rm ese MSS No .

, . 3 52 6 .

59 .

B u rm ese MS .
, on tain in g the
c NAm a ka p p a KAra ka p pa , a nd

U nAdika pp a of the sam e work . S ee Catal . of the B u rm ese

MS S , NO 3 458
. . .

60 .

B u rm ese MS o tain in g the Ta ddhiteka ppa KAra ka k

.
, c n ,
.
,

S a m Asa k AkhyAta k Kitak a n d UnAdik a pp a of the sa m e

.
, .
, .

work See Catal of the B u rm MSS NO 3 46 4

. . . .
, . .

B u rm ese MS ; the sam e work begin n in g in the m idst of

.
,

the i n troduc tion to the S a m Asa ka pp a c on ta in in g the Tes t ,

do wn to the en d See Catal of the B u rm MS S 3 52 5

. . . .
, .
 PALI TE XT S OC I ET Y P
RE ORT , 1 8 8 2 .

I su bjoin som e élokas referrin g to the au thor a n d the his

tory of the work .

Sloka at the en d of the NAm eka ppa

Ado yo A gga dha m m o tha A la nkaro ti Vissu to
’

ten e u ddhArite m rfip a m i m am sikkha n tu sAdhe vo ti I

Sloke at the beginn i n g of the Sa m Asa ka ppa
ven di t v a re pa fino yo bodhesi j an atam ba h u m
ta m ra c issa m sa m Asen a sa m Asa m sa ttha rfl p a ka m I

Slokas at the en d of the UnAdika pp e

Adi m hi A gga dha m mo ti A la nkdro tha Vissu to
’ ’

tisAse n a m hi Al oka bhfita tthA (var read a tt A c iha n a m

)
°
. .

t a thA I
yo thero j in ec ekka m hi dhAreti sAsa u a m sa dA
ten e u ddhAritem S Adhu m rfipa m u n Adin o param I
m a y u ddhArite rAp a m pi sikkh a n tu sa j j a u A sa dA
’

m e ttAc itten a sa m yu ttA m a m pi m a nfi a n tu sa bb a dA I

'

The P AH text of the first S u tta ada pted to the exi gen c ies ,

o f the B u rm ese versio n ru n s as follows (B u rm ese passag es

,

are den oted by b rea ks)

a ttho a kkha ra sa iidto II a ttho — a kkha ra sa fiAto — hoti I su t II
a kkha ra v ib ha tti e m
y sat i e ttha ssa — d u n ni e thA
y V A
e tthas se — — —
du n n a ya t hA h i ya sm A h oti —
ta sm A V A te am A
— ve ca n An e m se bb o a ttho — V A sa b ba va ca n An a m a tth o
— a kkha re hi sa fi fi A e te
y
— ta sm A s u tte n tes u s u tta n tAn a m

— b a hu a kAra m a kkha ra kosa l l e

p m p a th am a m sa m pAde

—
ta bba m hot i vu tti I

B u rm ese MS . volu m es see B u rm Catal Nos

,
in two , . .
, . 3 44 3 ,
Da kkhindva n nissya of K a ccdya n a s gram m ar
’
3 444 . .

I n trodu c tion to the S a n dhika pp a

dha m m issa ra m n a m a ssi t b u ddha m kil e sa c hi n dite m

dha m m a m a riya sa ngha fi c a n i re nge na m g n
e u t ta m a m I
K a ccdya n a m m a hAthe ra m te thAga te n e m v e nni ta

m a hApe Ii II a m n a m i t n a sAva kesu c a p Aka ta m

‘ '

dh a j fip e m am gu nAdhAra m m a hita l esu p Ak a ta m I

90 PALI T EX T SOCI ET Y REPORT, 1 8 82 .

with the S a m Asa ka ppa The in trodu c tion Of this Kappa begins
.

e va m m M
n An An a ya vic i traa dh u ra ttha vin iss a ya ka t tu k a m m Ad i
a ttha vi v oc ca a kAsa k a m kAra ka ka
p pp ma d e sse t i d An i ta de

g p g jj
n a n ta ra m l i a ttha la a u a a it a m (sic) se tta vidha m v Acc a pe

kAsa ka m se m Asa ka
p m p a da sse tu m n Am An a m sa m Aso yu tt
a ttho tiAdi Arajj a m (Are ddha m etc .

F irst Su tta : n dm dna m sa m dso yu tta ttho I su t tesa m

n Am An a m— yo
yu tta ttho yo p a da ttha sa m u ddA o
y ( ) sic

a de ttha sa m u dda o sa m Asa sa fi (n)o hoti — A ni nc a p a kArAu i

p y y p a

n Am An i sa n ti Ac a ri en a a m An a m a d a t tA tesa m n Am An a m
y p y jj
a u
p
yo yu tta tto p a de sa m u ddAyo SO p a de sa m u ddAyo sa m Asa
S a n(n) o hoti
'
— — —
ka tin n as sa du ss e ka tin n a du ssa m n Am a etc ,
.

64 .

1 39 leaves lin es The leaves a re sign ed wi th th e

,
—
9 7 .

Si n halese letters from ka to j he Sin halese writin g . .

Com m en tary on K a ccdya na s gram m ar by a n u n kn own ’

,

wri te r b a sed apparen tly on an o ther c om m en tary the sin gle

,

words of whic h are explai n ed thro u gho u t this work F or .

i n stan c e it is sa id on the first in trodu c tory Sloka of the

g ra m m ar : V ib ha t( t)ya n ta a da vibhA a v a sen a ek fin a v fs a ti a dA
p g p
ayam gAthA then follows a n ex pla n ation of the S in gle words
o f this se n te n c e : Vib ha the the o n clu
jj a ti ti V ib ha tti e tc n c , .

sion of the i m perfec t pe riod : p a nditehi vedita bbo (sis ) a nd ,

a n explan ation of p a nd ite hi a n d v e di ta b b A .

Begi n n i n g of the si n gle books : S a n dhika pp a f kl I NA .

,

m a k f khi K Ara ka ka pp a i s m issi n g S a m Asa k f ghau

' '

.
.
, , . .

Ta ddhita k f na h , A khyAta k f
'
KibbidhAn a k f A U
j , n
'
. . . . ce ,
. . A
dik a p pa is m issin g .

65 .

28 leaves Sign ed with the B u rm ese letters ka —g l ; 9 lin es ;

,
‘

B u rm ese wri tin g .

The K a ccdya na bheda tikd Su bsc ription iti a c c ulAra cc ha

.

n a n da v iriya pa nAsa m a n n A a ten a A riya l a nkd ti g ar u b i Vid i ta

'

g
n Am e th e ren a b hikk hu n A vi c a rito S dra ttha i i kdsininAm A
( ) sic
’
(
y m)
a ga n dho K a c edya na bheda ti kd n i tt hi tA .

The work begin s : n a m o etc I .

 PALI MSS . I N T H E I NDIA OP T IC S LI B RA RY . 91

p m j a
ya ka ra m dha m m a m sa nc a ya n to j a yAka re
j i t param j In Apesi so m e detu j a ya ii jin o I
yo m u n in din da sa ddha m m a m si tAbhApu idehi ua m
m akam pineti j a u tun a m so sa m pin etu m e m a n am I etc .

9lea ves ; on ly 2 pa ges are writte n whic h a re sign ed with ,

B ur m ese let ters the first kham the sec o n d g o 9 Hu es

, , .
,

B u rm ese writi n g .

fol kham c on tain s the begin n in g of K ac cAya na s KAra ka

’
.

ka ppa tex t a n d sc holia The frag m en t e n ds i n the sc holion

, .

on S u tta 2 at the words b hA ic c e ta ssa dhA(tu ssa ) .

fol gt) be gin s in the sc holion on S u tta 4 4 of the sa m e

.

Kappa at the words : (peyo)ge a dhi ka i ssa ra va ca n e a n d con '

tain s the rest of the book .

10lea ves prec eded by three a n d followed by on e bla n k lea f

, ,

sig n ed wi th the B u rm ese le tters from na i to c u ; 8 Hu es ;

B u rm ese writin g .

Con ta in s Ka c cAya na s AkhyAta ka ppa with the scholia

’
.

lea ves sign ed with the B u rm ese letters from ka to k a i ;

8 ,

8 1 0 li n es B u rm ese writi n g
-
, .

C on tain s Kec c Aya n a s Ki ta ke p pa with the sc holia Th e

’
.

su bsc ribed date is the 1 2 th da y of the i nc reasin g m oon in the

m on th VAkhon S a kka TAj 1 1 7 6
,

A t the en d of the book the follo win g Slok as are s ubjoi n ed

Ka cc Aya n a p a ka ra ne san dhi n Am a n c a

'

kAra ka m
sa m Aso ta ddhit (A)khyAto ki tta ka fi c a unhAdika mI
sa n dhi m hi eka
p sata m bh a ve
a nnAsa m n Am a m hi
.
dv e
kAra ke p a fica tAHsa m sa m Ase a ttha Visa Ii c a I
'

dvAsa t thi ta ddhite m atam a tthAra sa sa tAkhyAte

kite satam satam bhave u nhAdim hi c a pa n(II)Asa m I "
 PAL I X
T E T SOCI ET Y REPORT, 1 8 8 2 .

69 .

leaves sign ed with the B u rm ese letters

10 , 8 7— —
ka k a u .

lin es B u rm ese wri tin g

. .

Con tain s K a ccdya na s UnAdika ppa with the sc holia T h e

’
.

date is the n i n th da y of the i n c reasi n g m oo n i n t he m o n t h

VAkhon S a kka rAj 1 1 7 6
, A D Probably belo n gi n g . .

to the sam e c opy of K s gram m ar of whic h NO 68 fo rm s .

’
.

an other part a ltho u gh the t wo MS S seem writte n by differe n t

, .

b a n ds .

70 .

43 ,
—
leaves sign ed with the Sinhalese letters ka ge ; 7 1 0
—

lin es ; S i n hal ese writin g .

Con tain s the Risp a siddhi B u ddha pp iya s well kn own gra m ,
’
-

m e tic al work based on Ka c c Aya u a, See Tu rn ou r s Ma h Av .

’
.

xxvi d A l wiS Catalog u e 1 7 9 The work begin s

.
,
’
.

v isu ddha sa ddha m m a sa ha ssa didhiti m s u b u ddha sa m b odh i s u

a n dha ro dita
m( ) sic
g
tibu ddhe khe tteka div Aka ra m j I na m sa ddha m m a se ngha m Si

ra sAb hiva ndi a I

y
K a ccdya na m c Ac a ri
y e m n a m it n issA a
y K a cc Aya n a va nua
n Adi m
b Al a pp e bodha tthe m j
u u m ka rissa m y
v a tta m s u ke nda m p a

da rOpa s iddhi m I

a ttho a kkha ra sa n yo koc i l okiya l ok u tta rAdibhedo v a c a n a

'

iidto .

t tho so sa bb e a kkha re hev a se nnAya te a kkha rdp dda yo ska ca ttd .

It e m
s
-
te c a kho j I n a v a c a n An u rfip A a kArAda yo n igga hita n tA
.

ekec a ttAl isa m a ttA v a nnA p a c ce ka m a kkha rA n Am a ho n ti ta m .

y a thA a A i i
. etc .

F or a n exam ple of th e m an n er in whic h the arran gem en t

o f K a c c Aya n a s work is m odified i n the Rfip a siddhi I c hoose
’
,

the begin n in g of the Sa m Ase ka ppa

n dm dna m sa m aso yu tta ttho ( K a cc 4 , . tesa m n Am An a m

p y jj
a a am An Ap a da tthAn e m ( ) yo yu t ta t thsic
o so sa m A sa sa nno

ho ti . tsee m vibha ttiyo lop d ca (K 4 ts ee m yu tta tthAu a m

.
,

te ddhi tAyAdi p p a c c a yAn e m c a v ibha ttiyo l op a n iyA

‘

sa m AsAn a m
hon ti .
p a ka ti eas sa sa ra ntassa ( K . 4, l u ttAsu Vib ha tti ( )
si c
94 P AL I TE XT SOC IET Y REP O RT, 1 882 .

bu ddhan tidhAbhi va n dit

b u ddha m b uj a vil oc a n a m
B Al Ava tAra m b hAsisse m bAl An a m b u ddhi vu ddhiyA I
B u ddha m a b hiv a n dit B Al Ava tAra m b hAsissem ya n u m e h i
kriyAkAra ka pa da sa m ba n dha yi .

74 .

9 leaves sign ed with the Sin halese

, p rec ed ed —
letters ka ke,
a n d follo wed by a bla n k lea f 7 6 li n es Sin halese writi n g .
-
. .

See d A l w Catal p 1 8 3
’
. . . .

S a dda la kkha n a gram m ar c o m pose d by Mogga ll dya na

, .

Begin s
S iddha m iddha gu na m SAdhu n a m a ssi t ta thAga ta m
sa ddha m m a s a ngha m b hAsissem MAga dha m S a dda la kkh
“
ca n I
ti tAlI sa ven nA I de sAdo se rA I dve dve sa v a nnA I
a Ada
yo
’‘

The c hapters are se n n Adika ndo p a tha m o (en ds f .

Adik d u ti o sa m Ase k ta tiyo c a t u t tho k

( n) ,
s
y .
y .

k hAdik p a nc a m o
. tyAdik . c ha ttho

T he sequ en c e of the
is distu rbed at several poin ts insu tte s

the sa m Asa k nAdik a n d khAdik probabl y in c on seq u en c e o f

.
, . .
,

the leav es of the ori gin al MS havin g been m isplac ed . .

To en able the reader to form a n idea of the relation of thi s

ra m m ar a n d the follo wi n g t wo work s whi c h are ba sed on
g ,

Mogga l lAye n a s syste m I shall extrac t from e ac h of them a

’
,

passage treatin g of the sam e su bjec t I selec t the ru les abo u t .

th e san dhi of vo wels wh ic h is treate d o f in the S a dda la kkh

,

e na in the follo wi n g fe w words

fol kA saro 10 p o s e re p a re k va c i I B E d ve VA I yu va unA

.

n a m e O l u ttA I vAsa re I eon e m I gossAv a m b (sic) ( see P An in i

y
6, 1 ,

75 .

1 30 ,
—
l eaves sign ed with the Sin hal ese letters ka j hi ( th e
sam e le af ha s got the two n u m bers n ri n rI the follo win g n l i ’‘

a n d E l i ) pre c ed ed b y 4 followe d by 2 bla n k lea ves

,
On a n , .

ave ra g e 8 lin es Sin halese writin g . .

Th e P a yoga siddhi gram m ati c al work of Va na ra ta na base d

,
 PALI MSS . I N T H E I NDI A OT T IC E L I B RA RY . 95

on the system of Mogga ll Aya u a ( see d A l wiS

i n trodu c tion ’
,

p . xi v ) . The work c o n c lu des with the follo win g sta n zas :

c A a v ikka m a sa ddhAu u sa m p a n n a u ua sA in o l
g g
P a ra kka m a n a rin da sse S i b e lin da ssa dhi m a to I
a tra en A j
’
nu
j An a tena
(sho ul d be ’
nu j Ate na P b hfi Al a k u
) p
l a ke tu n A
disa n ta pa tth e ta dAra v ikka m en a ya sa ss in A I
B hu va n eka bhuj a vhen a m a hArAj en a dhi m a tA
‘

ca tu p a c c a
y a dAn e n a sa n ta ta m sa m u pa tthito I
Dhism a don i ti Vi khyAtAv Ase n i vas a to sato
S um a nga la m a hAtthera SAm in o s u c i vu ttin o
I
v a m se v isu ddhe sa nj Ato p a n ta sen Asa n e T ato
p a riya tti m a hAsin dhu n i
yyAm e ka dhu ra n dha ro I
a ppic c h Adi gu nApe to n a sAsa n a m Am a k o
j i
Va na ra ta n a m a b Atthero Msdha nka rasa m a vha yo I
Ata v a tthA a b hikkh tl n a m v in a e su viS Ara do
p y y
P a yo (ga )siddhim su ddhi m a
()
P sa dAsa m e nIi a
'

oc a ra m
p g
(sa ddhAse m
p a nn a g
°
II
Divisio n of the chapters
f ke : iti p a yoga siddhiya m sa n dhika ndo p a tha m o f ge
.
— .

.
— .
—
i p n Am a k du tiyo f gh tI : I p kAra ka k ta tiyo f n li n li
. .
— ‘
. . . .

. m .
—
i p sa Asa k c a tu ttho f oh : i p nAd k pa nc a m o f j A
. i — . . . . .

. t . i —
i p yA k c ha t tho f j hi : i ti p khAdik sa tta m o
d . .
’
. . .

T he passage of the P e yoga siddhi whic h c on c ern s the ,

san dhi of vo wels is the followin g ,

f ki— k fi sa n dhi vu cca ts I l oka a g ga p u gga l o p e nnAIn driya m

. .

t i ni i m An i n o hi etam bhikkh u n i (Sho u ld be b hikkhu n iovAdo)

m At u u p a ttb An e m sa m e tu Aya sm A a bhibh AAya ta n a m dha n a m
m e a tth i se bbe eva tayo ass u dha m m o (sic) a sa n to e ttha n a
d is sa n ti i ti dha I sa ra saI] sare saro
m ym
'

I
I
II A e
sa ro lop o ea rs

l op e n iyo hoti I saro ti kAriyin iddeso lopo ti kAriya n iddeso (s t . .

k Ariya n l t kiriyAn P) I lopo a da ssa n a m a n u cc Ara na m I saro

. . . .

ti j Atteka va ca n a va sen a v u tta m I se re ti opa sil esikAdhAra sa t

t a m i tato v a nna kAla vya ve dh Ane kAriya n n a hoti I tva m as i
k e ta m A c An a n da a n icc a sam nA ti e va m sa bbas a n dhisu I V idhi ti
v a tta te II sa tta m i a m b b ssa II thera a tthin yAyen a p a v e tta te
y p u a y
a ri bhAsA du bba l a vidh in o p a tI t thAbhAva to sa tta m i n iddese
p I
96 PALI TE XT SOC I ET Y RE ORT , P 1 882 .

v idhi t i a se ra l o o l
p bbua sse va
p bb u
p l ok a
gg p g p g g
a u ge u
I
a o

n dri ti nim An i n o he ta m b hikkhu n o vAdo m At u

( )
si c
p a il m y a m
hA se m e tA a s m A a b hib hA a ta u a m dha n a m m a tth i
‘

at nam
p t y y
sa b be v a tayass u dha m m A a sa n te ttha na dissa n ti I pubb es sa

kAriya v idhAn A sa tta m i n iddi tt ha sse p a ra t va A ga m ya te ti

p a re

t u p a ri ve c a n a m b pi g ate to I yassa idAn i se m fIA iti . c hA A iva

y .

api
i ti a ssa m a ni Asi
. . c a kkhu in d riye m . Asi . AkAse
iva te api
. an de aham so aham c a ttAro im e v e sa l o i ti
. v . . . .

Mog ga ll An o Asi bij a ko ka thA eva kAp o to e vA tidha I p u bb a

. .

sa ra l op e sa m a t te saro lopo se re tv eva

p Ip a re kva ci I
I se ra m h A
paro saro kva c i l op a n iyo hoti II yassa dAn i sa nfiAti c hAyAva
i tip i a ss a m a ni si c a kkhu n driya m a ka ta fi ii u si AkAse va tepi v a n
de he m soham c a ttATom e v e sa loti Mogga ll An osi b ij a ko ka th Ava
I
kApotova kv a c i ti kim p e nnin driya m p a ii fiin driyAn i sa ttu t
tam o ek fin a vise ti sa sse tesu ga tov Ado ditthAsa vo ditthogho
c a kkh Aya ta n a m na mk u n e t tha la b bhA (P) I v i va kk hAto sa n

dhayo b ha v a n ti ti IIA Av a ttic c hA i idha s i

jj ha ti I kv a c i t d hi
'

y a
p y
kAro sa bb a sa n dhi s u ten e n Atippa se ngo assa idam VAta l rita m I
n a u p eti V Am a firu ati iva anne viu da ka m i tidha I idam pac c hi
'

m odAha ra n a m c a ya m (P) a ve nue l u tte e o hon ti (hon ti ti P)

g A h a ssa n ised he n a ttha m

Ip u b b as e ra IO e
p I saro v e ti c a vat
t ate II yu va nndna m s o lu ttd II l u ttA sa rA p a re sa m ivanna va n

n A u a m e o h o n ti V A ya t hA kk a m a m I ya th Asa m k h yAn u des o

se m Au An a m I v a nna p a re na se ve nno pi v a nnA sa ddo (vanna

saddo paro ya sm A ten e se venno pi ga yhe ti sa ya fi c a rfipa n

ti i fiu a m p i e O I sa bba ttha ra ssaj Atin iddese di gha ssApi ge
ha na ttha (m ) idh a m (sic
) Ara ddha m I ta sseda m v Ate ri ta m no

peti V Am oru a te va ii ii e v oda ka m

’ ’
I VA t v e ve ta ssida m katham
p a cora s m i n ti y g o e vib hAgA pati u ra sm in ti vibhajj a ya v A
se re ti ya kAre ta va g ga va ra nA din A m o ( c o va
gg a l a seh i te

ti p u b b a rfipa fi c a yu va nnAn a m e 0 ti u ssa 0 ca

I l u tte ti
kim de sa im e dha m m A ya thA i dam ku sa l a ssa u
p a sa m
p a dA I
a ti a sa n a b Adha ka ssa k va c isa da ssAn u va tta n a to ne v ika p
pp g
p a v idhi ni anA
y ( ) I
sic
p tene u e to a ve c c An i ( )
sic e va m Adi s u

v ika
p p o tAra ki tA sa ssiu driyAn i ( )
sic m a h iddhiko sa b b iti yo
te n u pa sa nka m i l oku tta ro tiAdi su v i dhi ca na hoti I pe tisa n
dhAra v u tti a ssa sa b ba vi tti a n u bh fiya te v ia nj a n a m v iAke to dAsi
aham a hu V A pu re a n u a ddha m Asa m s u n eti su Ag e ta m s uAkAro
98 PALI X
T E T SOCI ET Y P
RE ORT , 1 8 8 2 .

m igi bha utA u dikkha tityAdi se n dha I

I a ye dA se re
o v u c c a n te
m
y
ti (c om p Ka ccAya n a
.
, 1 , 4, 5) v a tta te ll va n a ta ra gA cAgAm A II
ete m a ye dA cAga m A hon ti VA se re k va c i I Age m in o a u iya m e
pi II saro e Aga m i hoti va u Adi n a n tu IIApa kA a nna thA hi '

a dAdI ne m u k vidhAn a m a n a ttha ka m II e tthA a m A a n i a tA

’‘

p y g y
a m i n a m eva b ha va n ti c e kA TA a m e n ev e n i a a n ti S iddh e
g ya
g p u
p e dA di n a m kva c i ti
( Mogg fol k r) y j
i b a.fi a n a
. s sa
y k A g a m o u

n i ra ttha k o ti a dhip A o I ti va n u l e m ti va n ika m t A d

p y g g y
a o

m igi b ha n tA v u dikkha ti pa v u c c a ti pAgu fi II a vuj u tA ito n Aya ti

'

c in i t esm Ati ha ta sm Atih a a a ta i t ra m n i rAl a o

y jj gg e n ra u a y
n i ri n d he n o u i ri ha ka n i ru tta ro n i ro a dfira tikka m o du rA
j m
’

m
g e tem du ru tta ra m pAtu r a hosi p u n ar Aga cc heyye p u n ar u ttam
pu n ar e va pu n ar eti dhir atth u pAta rAso c e tu re ng ika m c at u r
Ara kkhA ca turiddhipAda a ti lAbho c a tu ro gha n itthera na tth am
p
b ha ttu r a tthe v u ttir e sA p a t ha v idhAtu r eva SA n a kkha tta rAj Ar
iva tAra kAn a m Vij j u r i ve bbha kfl te Ara gger iva sAsa po u sa
bhor iva sa bbhir eva sa m Asetha p u the g eve I re sse pe g eva
l a h um essa ti g u ru m e ssa ti idha m Ahu ken a te idha m ijj he ti
b ha dro ka sAm i ve AkAse m a hii a ye ek a m eke ssa ye u e m idhe
ka c c e b hAti yeva ho ti yeva ya th A yida m ya thA yeva m A yida m
n a yida m n a ida m c ha i m An i n a ve y i m s d ha m m A b o dhi A
y y y
yeva pa tha v i yeva dhAtu tes u yeva tese va so yeva pAtiyekka m
Vi a n a nA vi A kA i a ri a n ta m ri AdAn a m a ri u t thAn a m
y j y s p y p a y p y
a ri ese ti a ri osAn a m n i A o o u da n dayo u dAhe te m
p y p y y y g gg o

t
u di o u di rita m u de ti sa kid e ve kiIic id
‘

eva keu a c id e va k es
m ic id eva koc id eva sa m m e da ttho sa m m e da finAv im u ttAn a m
sum m e d eva yAva da ttha m yAva dic c ha ka m yAva d e ve tAva d
eva p un a d eva ya da ttha m ya da n ta rA ta da n te ra m ta de nga vi
m u tti e te da ttha m a ttha da ttha m ta da ttha m ta da ttha p a s u to siyA
a fina da tthu m a n a sAd e fi n a V Im u ttAn a m b a h u d eva re ttim I VA
’

t v eva a tte a ttham V Adhitthita m p Atu akosi

-
v a v a tthite v i bhA

sa ttA V Adhik Ara s sa b ya fi e n a to pi h h

j b ikk un i n a m v u tthA

e y a c i ra m n Aya ti tam yev a h ea bhiIi IiA c ha aham c ha a si t i

' ' '

p y C

C he a m sA C he Aye ta n a m i ti dha I VA se re Ag am o ti ca v a tta te I I

chd lo II c ha s a ddAp a ra ssa saras sa la kAro Agam o hoti V A I C hAti

a n u ke ra na t tA e ka v a c a n a m I c ha la b hi ii nA c hal ah am c ha lAsl t i
'

c hal a msA c hal Aye ta n a m VA tV e v e I c hea b hi ii nA II lopo

a da ssa n im thAn im ya m Am a ddiye di sse ti Adeso n A m a so yAtu

 PALI MSS . I N T HE I NDI A OF F I C E L I BRA RY . 99

a sa n tu
pp i A g a m o I
I
a tt sa rasa ndhi I I k a nnA iva ka Ii Ii A ic cAdi
‘ ‘

sa re sa n dhin ise dho vu cc a ti I a sa n a u b b a ko hi p a t ise dho I

p g p
p b
u b a
p a res a rAu a m lope s a m p a tte saro vet i c a v a tta te I na

dve c d II p u b b a pa re sa rA dv e p i VA kvac i n a l u pye n te I ke nIIA

' ‘ '

iva ka nfieva ka fiIi A v a SAri pu tta idheka c c o ehi Sl ve ka u tthehi

‘

Aya sm A An a n do gAthA a bhAsi devA Ab he ssa rA ya thA te V ij j A

i dhi pp a t tA c a bha ga vA u t thAyAsa n A b ha ga v A ete d e voc a
a b hiVAde tV A ek a m a n ta m a tt b Asi a n tVA ol oken to bh Ata vAdi
g
e ttha VAdI
’‘

y a m itthim araham a ssa sAm a va ti Aha p Apa k Ari

u b ha
y a ttha t appe ti n e di o ttha ra ti ye te b hikkh u a pp ic c hA
Am a n te si b hikkhfi u
jj hA i
ym s u b hik kh fi s va m Aha m su im as
m i m gAm e Ara kkha kA e s bb
e i m e ke ta m e ekAdes a ga m b hi re
'

o da ka n tik o a
pp a m Ado a m a ta a da m
p n g Aga c c ha tu ko m m sa ho i a
p t
aha v im j
Vi essa ti Alok o u da
p Adi eko e kAya ca ttAro ogb A a re

aham pi i m es sa kAya ssa n o a bhikka m o aho a c c ha riyo

sa c e

a t tho a u to c a atha kho Aya sm A atb o ottha va c itta kA tato

Am a n ta yi se tthA ti e va m Ada yo i dha kAl a vye vad hAn e n e v a sij
a n ti I kv a c i ti k im Ag a ta tthe A a ta m hA ke ta m a sse c Aro appas
j b g
s u tA a m u riso c a m e ri va sa bb ev a sve va eseva n ayo p a ri su d
y p
d h e tthAya sm a n to n e ttha k u te ttha l a b bhA sa khe sa bb rAhm a n A

ta thfip a m a m ya thA VA j I V lI Aye ta u a m a v ijj ogho i tthin driya m

a b hi bhAya ta n a m b ha a t u e tthAu a m sa ddhi dha V itta m
y p u p ri
sa ssa se t tha m II sa ra sa ndhinis edho II

36 leaves S ign ed with the Si halese letters

, n — —
ka gi ; 9 8
li n es S in hal ese writi n g .

P a das ddha n a gram m atic al work of P iya da ssi belon gin g to

, ,

t h e sc hool o f Mogga l Aya n a The work begin s .

b u ddha m b u j a m n e m e ssit sa ddha m m a m a dhu b hAj a n a m

g un Am oda p a da m sa ngha m a dhu b b a ta n ise vi te m I
Mogga lAya ndce riya v a ra m c a ye na dhi m a tA
ke tam l a hu m a sa n dittha m a n fin a m S a dda la kkha na m I
Ara b hissa m sa m Asen a b Ala ttha m P a da sddha na m
Mogga ldya na sa dda ttha ra ta n Aka ra pe ddha tim I
sa Ii IiAp a ri
h e n e v a l e kkhe nes u sa rAda o
‘ ‘

gg a
y
fiAya n ti ti ta m evAdo das se yissa m vib hAge to I
1 00 PALI X
T E T SOCI E TY P
RE ORT , 1 8 8 2 .

The c on cl u di n g sta n zas run th u s (c om pare d A l wiS , I n trod

’
.

xiii)
a ra tth Aya k
m a yA l a ddha m (m a yA P) ka t (
’
p ra ddha m a

t na P) P a da sAdha n a m
p u Ii Ii en a
‘ ‘

te n e loko ya m SAdhetu
’
padam a c c u ta mI
sa ddhAsa a risu ddha u nodi ten e sAren a sAra ya ti
y p
en a
g
s a n ha n ise vi te u a
g
ram m e ’
n u rddha n a ga re va sa ta m b u en a V id vAl i n a m
j a a

V isu ddha ku l a nda en a

j I
m An e n teu e ta thAg a ta m p a ti pa dAyogehi sa ddhAl u yA
n ic c Aba ddha ta on a l e hi n i khil a p A Ari sa n tA it A
p p p p
s a dd he m m a v ha si ha tel a hi ti A Am i k ra tt hAl iu A
ya t y c a

n An AvAdiku ditt hib he da

p t
a un A V Ani va dhfIsAm in A I
s a ttAu a
m k e runAv a tA g n
u a v a tA p Ara m p a re n dhi m a tA
t here n A tu m a pAda p e Iij a ra ge to yo sa dda sa tthAdisu
’ '

M ogga lAya na Vissu ten iha ApO V in i to ya thA

’
s u va c c h

so ’
kAsi Pp iya dassi n Am a ye ti demb ya tta m su kha pp a ttiyAI
’

v u tto c a vu t ta m u a b ho in i A sa kA a i a odha ra va
p g y y p na
pp y
n Ap a a se v ikAya
g
ra m b hAv ihAra va dhu yA til a kAtu l en a san te n a K a ppin a sa
m a v ha ya m Atu l e n a I
ra m m e n iva sa tA sa tA
De vi rAj a vihAre m hi
a da sseda m P iya da ssitthe ren a Vihita m hitam I
p

The disp osI tI on of the work is c on tain ed in the followin g

dates : sa II nAvidhAn a ( en ds f ka )
’

— san dhi v u c c a te ( f ka )
.
'
.
'

— atha n Am An i vu c c a n te (f ki ) atha sa nkhyAsa ddA v u c c a n te

.
'
-

(f k.a
h) — '
a thAsa nkh a m u c c a te
y (ta m du vidha m p Adi c Adib he -

d en a ) (f khA) —V u ttAn i syAdye n tAn i e theka ttha m n c c a te (f

.
-

,
.

khA) — atha itthiya ppa c c a ya n tA n iddisiya n te (f khu ) atha— .

n A a y (nAda y l) vu c c a n te (f k hu )
d o o — atha ta bbAda yo vu cc a n te
.
'

f kh — i dA i d f
( . e
) n tyA a
yo v u c c a n te ( .

give n ow as a spec im en of the P e das Adha n a the Chapter

I
treatin g of the san dhi of vo wels (f ka ki ) — .
' '

san dhi v u c c a te I p u risa u tta m o p a fifiAi n driya m sa tiAra kkho ’

b hogii n do c a kk hu A a ta n a m a bh ibh fiAya ta n a m dha n a m me

y
a t thi k u to e tthA tidha sa ro lop o sa rs
I s e re saro l opa n iyo
hoti I sure top a silesikAdhAra sa tta m i t t
’
ao v a nna kAl a v
ya v a dhAn e
 PILL T EXT -
S OC I ET Y RE PORT, 1 8 82 .

AI I cha hi t h hi idd i h m kAri a m

v se c a
tt y a n a ss a c a t t n tt a ssa
ya y
ta da n ta sse Vifl ne a n ti ikAra ssAdeso I ah An i na m a ddi a disse ti
yy ( y
P
( ) u cc Ariya ti ti Ade so itv eva a nna t re
yAde se ta v a gga va
ra nAn a m ye v e ( c a v a
gg a b e
y a n A ti tassa c o v a
gg a l a se h i
to ti yassa c a oe kAro I ic c e va du a ngika m c iitVA ajj a a g ge p Atu
a he s u m
p A eva i d ha i jj a ti (sic)
p a ria n ta m a tth a m i tidha (a tta
’

a ttha m iti dha I y

m a e d A s e re t i v a tt a t e I ve n a t a r a g A c Ag a m A I
ete m a ye dA c Aga m A hon ti VA se re k va c i I Age m in o a n iye m e
pi I saro e vAga m i hoti a u Adin a n tu fiAp e kA a nna thA ti pa dAv
'

di n a m yu kvidhAn a m a n a tthe ka m du va ngik a m c in itVA ajj a

ta g ge p At u r a hesu m b ya fij a n e di gha ra S S A ti re sse a ev a
p g
i dha m ij j he ti p a riya n ta m a tta da tthe m I VA t V eva a ttha ttha m
( )
s ic I c h a e b hi Ii ii A c h
'

e a b h i Ii Ii A tid h a I V A s'

e r'

e A g am o ti c a

v a tta te I c lo I c hes a ddA p a ra ssa sa ressa la kAro Ag a m o ti V A I

c h a l a b hiII II A c he a b hinfiA I sa ra sa n dhi I ka Ii Ii A i va ka fifiA i v a
' ' ‘ ‘

ka finA i vA tidha I p u bb a p a re sa rAu a m l Op e sa m p a tte I saro lop o

ti ca v a tta te I n a dve e d p ubba pa re sa TA dve p i A k a ci n a v v

l u pyen te I k a ri tIA iva ka fifie ve ka II IiA va II sa ra sa ndhi nisedho I

' ' ' '

leaves sign ed with the

19 ; 8 —
B u rm ese letters ka khe
li n es ; B u rm ese writin g Sakk 1 1 46 See Cata logu e of th e . . .

B u rm ese MSS No 3 49 0 l .
, .
, .

Cdla n iru tti P AH gram m ar bas ed on Ka c c Aya n a S syste m

’
.
,

The work begi n s

D e m o etc I , .

v a tth u tte n a m a s s itV A K a ccdya na ii c a u bb a ke

y m e
p
n iru tti m hi
p a v a kkh Am i v a ca n a m m e n ib odha ya I
se rA se re l op a m I ek a v a c a n a
gg a henen a se b b a g ga h a n a na

y y j
a o a n e tthem ( )
sic kAta bb a m I bya n j a nasa m pinda n a ttha m
sa rAsa re l Op a m I se rA asare l opa m I

78 .

50le aves sign ed with the B u rm ese letters tam— n Ah

,

9 lin es ; B u rm ese writin g Sakk 1 1 46 = A D 1 7 8 5 . . . . .

The S dra ma iyusd c om m en tary on the S a dda sdra tthaj d l in i

'

, .
 PALI MSS . IN THE I NDI A O FF I CE LI BRA RY .

B egi n s after a n in voc ation of the ra ta n a tte ye (yo b u ddhesfiro

a m i ta n dhekAra m ha n tVAn a , etc .
)
n An Age n dhesu sAra ttha m h et bhi m a ta m n e yam
’
ga

v a una
yis sa m sa m Asen e S a dda sdra tthaj dl in i m .

Vi vidha n a ya sa m a n n Aga ta m Vic it tAc a riya sa m a ya sa m ohi ta m

ra m a vic itta a m b hi ra nAna og a l h h a ka ra na m
’

p a
g g a sa m a tt a m p
i da m Ara bha n to y am Aca riyo tAv e ra ta n a tta ya
p n
a Am a m
k a ron to Aha n a m a ssi tVAn A tiAdi , etc .

79 .

—
1 3 leaves sign ed with the B u rm ese letters l Ah VAh ; 1 0
,

l in es ; B u rm ese writin g S ekka ra j 1 1 58 = A D 1 7 9 7

. . . .

The 2 4th pa ricc hede (AkhyAta ka ppa ) of the gram m ar

S a dda n idhi or ra ther S a dda n i ti (see d A l wis Ka cc p
’
. .

w hic h is said to be asc ribed by the B u rm ese to A gga va msa

of Paga n (A D . .

B egin s : n e m o etc I , .

ito param pa ve kkhAm i

’
ddha m m e b u ddha sAsite sa

kosa ll a tthAya sotfl n a m ka p pa m AkhyAtasa vha ya m I

ta ttha k iriya m a kkhAti ti Ak hyAta m kiriyAp a da m .

80 .

19 leaves sign ed with the B urm ese letters

,
—
ka khe ;
9 li n es ; B u rm es e writin g ; Sakk 1 1 46 = A D 1 78 5 . . . .

T A on the VAca kop adesa very i n c orrec t MS The in tro

i k ,
.

d u c tory sta n zas ru n thus :

D e m o etc .

til okin da m u kha m poj a ga m b he rAj AbhirAj I n i

ra m m a ta m m e m a n ovAni n a v a nga se ta va nnin i I
p pp
u A c a riya sa b hAn a m n e yam n i ssAya sAdh a ka m

V i ra c issAm i VAca k a m u a desa ka va nna n a m I

p
-

The VAc a kop a de sa written in B u rm a treats on the gram

, ,

m e tic al c ategories fro m a logi c al poin t of V ie w as the tik A ,

h o wever n ever gives a c oheren t explan ation of its c on ten ts

, ,

b u t on ly c o m m e n ts on S in gle words it is sc arc ely pos si ble to ,

fo r m a n a c c u ra te i dea of the work i tself The c om m en .

1 04 PAL I TE XT SOCI ET Y P
RE ORT, 1 88 2 .

tary on the c on c lu sion of the VAca kopa desa (f khu etc ) .

,
.

fu rn ishes so m e dates abo u t i ts a u thor The work is sa id to .

have been c o m posed i n S a kke r 9 67 t hen the .

c o m m en tary goes on f khfi T a to P a mya n a ga ra to

( ) u ra n a a
g p pp .

n AtidAre n a c c Asa n n e d vikosa m a tthe thAn e n An Au p pa l a m sa fi

c ha n n A a } sa si l AvA i
py A ipe p a pp u te ku tac etiya v i hAra l enA
sa m

dihi V i rA I to
j Tu ra nga u Am a ko e ko pappato a tthi ta s m im .

Tu ranga pa ppa te VAsi n a m v a sAl e mk Ara b h Aten a Ma hdvii td

viti u Am a k en a ayam Vdea ka m up a dssa ko n Am a gan dho kato ti
y j
o a n A.

The om m en tator then gives his own n am e

c , whic h i s
iden tic al wi th that o f the a u thor : iti Cec kem ti k hyAta

p e ra ssa
p a c c hi m a d vAras e m i m e m a hAthe rAn Am AVAsen a Me hi
a n e no
y g n Am a th np o a tthi . ta ssa u t ta ra disAb hAge p Ak Ara
sa m i A va vha n a ga rin da ssa TA AnAya kAri te k u t A
’

p e m a c c en a j
kAra virAj ite tib hu m ikAvAs o Asa n te n a Ma hdvzj i tdvi itin Am a
V

kena m a hAthere n a ka tAya m Vdca kop a dssa ka tta va n n a nd .

81 .

leaves sign ed with the Sin ha lese letters ka —kli ; 9 Hu es ;

10 ,

Sinh alese writin g .

Na ma va ra ncsgilla gra m m atica l work on dec len sion

, See .

W es tergaard Catal p 2 8 , . . .

82 .

37 leaves sign ed with the

,
—
Sin halese letters ka gi , whi c h
i s written by m istake i n stead of i k i is t t wi c e —
8 10
g ; r p u .

lin es ; Sin halese writin g .

The A bhidhdnapp a dtp ikd .

83 (T u m o ur
) .

A n otheropy of the sam e work prec eded by the B Al Av a

c ,

tAra (No follo wed by a P AH S in halese voc ab ulary (N0 9 0 )

.
-
.

9 , t —
2 leaves sign e with he Si n halese letters ka kha u o n e
d
leaf ha s got the two m arks khi a n d khu 9 lin es Sin h a les e '

. .

wri tin g .
1 06 PA I TE L XT SOC IET Y P
RE ORT, 1 8 8 2 .

ra ta n Ap u ra m
yam ta ttha
p As Ad filAra m Al a y m
a

rA a
j ( t)t hAn a m m a n ora m m a m n a din e ga va na pp u ll a m I
Ma hAdha m m a rAj Adhip a ti ti bhfip e ti ta tta yo
m e dhAVi da kkho pa nito Vic itto c i tta pa fi ( )
n a V A I
s u si dhe ta vac a n o tikk ha tej o rip u jj a yi
pp o

kesa ro v a a tiS iI ro su s u rfipo vay a n a VA

yen a rAj a thAn i se

yye th fipa k fipa v a n e hi c a

j
a ti e ( t)th a m a n dire hi n A as se hi
g ( n AgAssehi B ) . c a sob h i tA I
kAri te ten eva
y sey e n An Ab ha v a n e b h Asite

Kittij a ya tha pa khya m hi sa ta m a n di ra VArite I

se ddhe m m a ( t)thi tikAm e n a v asa tA sa n ta vu ttin A

dv ikkha ttu m l e ddha l a nc e n e m a hAthere n a dhi m a tA I

t a sse disa n u gga ha ii C AsAdhArena m ( y)y t u 0 a m
pa t a ra ci to peso ( yeso B ) A bhidhAn a s sa n issa yo I
n .

n i t thito so sa kke rA e sa ha s se (t ) tha sa tAdhik e

j
’

e (t) t ha m Ase u nha a kk he sa tta m i a i

j j p y mg g a u dd n e I

,
—
5 l eaves sign e d with the Si n halese letters ka k u 8 Hu e s ;
Sin ha lese writin g .

t tup dtha . B egin s : n e m o etc bh tl sa ttAya m ku sadd e

. . .

a nka l ekkhe ne . sanka sa nkAyam See W este rgaa rd s Cata l

.
’
.

p 59
. .

87 .

leaves S ign ed with the Si halese letters

6 ,
n —
ka k fi ; 9
Sin hal ese writin g .

t i
tu m a n usd Begi '

n s : n e m o.etc .

n iru ttin ika rAp Ara p ArAV Ara n te ga m m u n im

v a n ditVA dhAt u m a iij Asam b rnm i p Av a c a n e fl j a sa m .

S ubsc ription K a ccAya n a dhdtu ma nj Asd sa m a ttA .

22leaves ig ,
S n ed with
the Si alese letters nh —
ke khfi ; 8 9 -

Hu es ; Sin halese writin g .

Vu ttoda ya prosodi c al a n d m etric al work by S a ngha ra kkhi

, ,

ta tthsra follo wed by a Sin h a lese tra n slation a n d expla n atio n

, .
 PALI M SS . I N T H E I NDI A O F I CE F LI B RA RY . 1 07

89 .

21 leaves ,
—
sign ed with the B u rm ese letters ka kho
9 li n es ; B u rm ese writi n g Sakk 1 1 4 6 = A D 1 7 8 5
. . . . .

I kA c alled Va ca na tthaj otikd on the Vu ttoda ya by the There

‘‘

S a m a n tap dsddika See Min a yefi in the Mélan ges A siatiqu es

.
'

, ,

vi 1 9 6 The MS is very in c orrec t Begin s : n e m o etc I

. . . .

n e tv A b u ddhAdic c a m b b a m v en e yyu p pe l a bodha ka m

p u

v a nna isse m sa m as e n a Vu ttoda ye m a da kka m a m I

y p
orAn e h i ka tA tikA n a S A sa bb a ttha b odha ka m
p
v ac a n a ttha fi c a e ka ttha m a dhip A a n c a bhAsa to I
p y

9 0 ( Tu m o u r) .

leaves S ign ed with the Sin halese letters

74 , 8 10 —
ka nli -

Hu es ; S in halese wri tin g Third part o f NO 7 1

. . .

L ist of words P AH a n d Si n halese c alled on the c overi n g

, ,

plate A kdrddi Begin s : n e m o b u ddhAyeyi I akko s firyyAyi I

'

a kko va ra gAse yi I amko en a mb e riya yi .

1 08 PALI TE XT SOCI ET Y REP O RT , 1 8 8 2 .

II I .
—HI S TORI CAL A ND M I SCELL ANEOUS W ORKS .

1 18 leaves S ign ed with the Sin halese letters t er —

, j (
u h e ke
is a repe tition of the leaf j u sign ed with the sa m e le tter) 1 0
lin es ; Sin halese writin g .

The Ma hdva msa This c opy en ds like the Copen ha gen

.
,

MS (W esterg Catal p
. . in the 9 0 th C hap ter b u t it
. .
,

c on tai n s a fe w verses m ore The last verse is .

ta ttha Up p a l a v e nnessa de va rAj assa bhAs u ra m ,

rfi e m
p p a titth a e tVAn a m a hA
p i am p a ve t ta
yi .

92 (Tu rn ou r Collec tion ) .

85 leaves sign ed with the Sin halese letters

, e a ch —
ka c u
page is divi ded in to three c olu m n s ; 7 Hu es ; Sin ha lese
writi n g .

The sa m e work The MS en ds in the 42 n d chapter ; the

. .

last Verse is
Ma h Am a hi nda thera m hi ta m thAn e m sa m u p Aga te
te ra c c hA eva n et fi ti katikan c eva kAra yi .

93 (Tu rn ou r Collec tion ) .

T wo volu m es The first c on tain s 1 00 leaves the first 9 8

.
,

bein g sig ned k a — c hA; the pa ges are m a rke d wi th t he

E u rop ean n u m bers 1 1 9 5 ; 9 lin es -
The l a s t two leaves .

(k a — kA ) c o n ta in a n i n dex o f the c hapters The se c ond .

—
vol um e c on tain s 1 0 0 leaves Sign ed c hi dfi ; the pages a re
m ark ed wi th t e h n u m bers 1 9 6 — 9 —
3 4 8 9 lin es .

The sa m e work The firs t vol u m e en ds short after the

.

—
b egi n n in g of c hapter 58 Tu rn ou r s edition o f the Ma h A
.
’

v a msa ( Ceylon 1 8 3 7 ) is do u b tl ess based on this MS

, .
1 10 L
P A I T E T SOCI ET X Y P
RE ORT, 1 8 8 2 .

ta m ke m m a m n itthAp ehi ti a b rAvi — 3 Va tthe hi — 4 pa nc a ngu

°

l ika p°
—7
m a hi pa ti p a da kkhin a m . . si vikA ye va — 8 b h fi m is
°

9 —
Asi I O bhikkh n A u m — —
l 2 a pa rAj a ya m 1 3
. s p sa m a t te .

m ari ne . m am n o e ti
p
— 14 c i n tesi . s se
i — 1 5 p a ri vAre t na .

ri vAri a .
p a y
NO . 93 : l m AT — 2 th tl p e
°
ani tt hi ta m k e m m am n it hA
t p eh i ti
a b ru Vi —3 °
va t theh i
p g
—4 , p e n ti
p
°
. an u fic a a l ke p
°
corr

p a nc a n u l eka
g p
— 6 l Ak h Ak u m
. k u t the k e h
’
, corr :
°
m a k e h
’
.

7 si vikAya ye va , corr : kAye va —8 bhfim iS —9 p a sa u to, corr

°
.
°

— — —
passe n to 1 0 b hikkhn As u m 1 2 a pa rAj e ya m 1 3 sa m pa tte
. .

m anna m a n n o pe ti therAs u tAbha yo —1 4 c i n ta yi

. si se l 5 . .
-

p a ri vAri a m corr
y riya,
°
.

F rom Chap ter X X X VI I . Turn ou r, p . 2 50 .

( Story of B u ddha
gh osa .
)
b odb im a nda sa m i pa m a m hi o b rAhma na m An a vo
j At
Vi
jj AS ippe k a l Avedi tis n vede s a p Ara
go I
sa m m Av imfiAta sa m e yo sa b b a v Ada v isAra do

v Ade tthi sa bb a di a m hi Ahinda n to p a v Adiu o I

p
Vi hAre m ekam Aga m m a re tti m pAt a mj a l i m a ta m
’ '

i
a r v e tte t i sa m p u nna p a da m s u pa rim a nd a l e m I
p
ta ttheko Reva to n Am a m a hAthero Vi j An iya

m a hApa mIi o
'

ayam satto da m e tu m v a tta tl ti so I

ko nu b ha dra bha rAve n a V ira v a n to ti abre vi
ad ra b hAn a ra ve a t th a m km n ASi ti Aha ta m
g m j A I
aham j An e ti v u tto S O otAre S i sakam m t a am
v u tta m v u tta m V iyAk Asi V i rodha m p i ca da ssa yi
ten e hi tva m sakam odito V Ada m o tArehi c a c

p l
A i m e hAbh id h a m m a s sa a tt h a m as sa u s so d hi gA
’

Aha ka sse tim m an to ti b u ddha m a n to ti so b ravi

’ ’

dehi m e ta n ti v u ttehi ganha p a bb a jj a tam i ti I

m a n ta tthi p e b baj it so u gga nhi Pita ka tta ya m
e kAya n o ayam m a ggo iti a c c hA ta m a gge hi I
p
b u ddhe ssa Vi ya m bh i ra hosa ttAn a m V iyAka ru m
ga g
B u ddha ghos o ti gh oso u dd hi b
v iya m a hi ta l e ho I
ta ttha N An oda ye m n Am a ka tVA pa ke ra ua ta dA
Dha m m a sa nga niyo kAS i
’
kandem SO A ttha sAl in a m
P a ritta ttha ka tha ii c eva k Atu m Ara b hi b u ddhim A
 PALI MSS . I N T HE I NDI A OF FI CE LI BRA RY .

tam dis VA Rev a to thero idam va ca n a m abre vi I '

p l
A i m a tta m i d hAu I ta m n at t hi’‘
e tt ha k a thA i dha
ta thAc a ri ya VAdA c a bhinn a rfipA n a Vijj a re I
Siha l a nda k a thA su ddhA Ma hi n den a m a ti m a tA
sa ng i ti tta Aru lha m se m m Asa m b u ddha de S ita m I
'
am
y
S Arip u ttAdigi ta fi k a thAm a gga m sa m ekkhi
’

e
ca y
ka thA S iha la bhASAye S i ha l e s u p a v e tta ti
ta m ta ttha ga n tVA s u tVA tva m MAga dhAn a m n iru ttiyA

p hoti sa bba l oka hitAv a hA I

a ri v e tte hi S A

e v a m v u tto a sa n n o so n ikk ha m i tV A ta to i m am
p
dip a m AgA i m a ssev a ram no k Ale m a hAm a ti
Ma hAv ihAra m sa m pa tto V ihAra m Sa bb a sAdhfin a m
m a hAp a dh An a m g gharam a n tV A sa h
mg p
e Al a ssa sa u tikA I
S l ha la ttha ka tha m su tVA the ra v Ada Ii c a sa b ba so
‘

dha m m a ssAm issa eso va a dhip pAyo ti u icc hiya mI

ta ttha samgha sa m An etVA kAtu m a ttha ka tha m m am a
ottha ke de tha sa b b e ti Aha V i m a msi tu m sata m I
p
sa mgh o g At hAdv a a m tassa dAsi sAv a tthi ya m tava
y
e ttha da ssehi tam diS V A sa bb e dem A ti p ottha ke I

i
p ta ka tta
ya m e tthev a sa ddhim a tt ha k a thAya S O

Vis u ddhi m a gga m n Am AkA sa nga he tV A sa m Asa to I

tato mg m
sa h a sa m tI he tV A sa m b u ddh
‘
e m a ta k ov ida m
m a hAb odhisa m i pa m hi S O ta m V Ac e tu m Are b hi I
deva tA tassa ne
p u m mp
fia a k Ase t u m m a h Aj a ne

chAdes u m p o tth a k a m so pi dv a ttikkha ttu m pi tam a kA I

VAc e tu m ta tiye V Are pot tha ke sa m u dAha t e

ottha ka dv a ya m a mna m pi sa nt he p e s u m tahim m a rfi 25

'

p
VAc a yimsu ta dA b hikkh fi p otth a ka tte ya m eke to

a n tha to a ttha to V A i u bb A e ra v a sen a V A I

g pp p
there VAdehi pAli hi padehi vya n j a n ehi ca

a m na ta ttha m (corr.
°
tha tta m ) e hA n eva p otth a kesu pi
ti s u pi I
atha u gghosa yi mg
sa ho tu t tha h a tt h o V isesa to

n iS Sa m sa
ya m se Metteyyo iti v a tV A p u n a pp u n a m I
sa dd hi m a tt ha k a thA ot tha ke P ita ka tta ye
’
yA dA p
G a n thAka re ve sa n to SO VihAre dil ra sa mke re
p a ri v e ttesi sa b bA pi Si ha la ttha ka thA ta dA
sa bbe se m m u la b hAS Aya MAga dhAya n iru ttiyA I
 PALI TE XT SOC I ET Y P
RE ORT, 1 8 8 2 .

sa ttAu a m m sa b ba bhfisAn a S A a h osi hitAv a hA

t he riyAca riyA se bbe pAlim v iya gg ta m a e hu m I
a tta k a tta bba k icc e su t i i tthi tim
ga e su
pe r n

v a n di tu m so m e h Ab odhi m Je m b u di p a m A
p g am I u
’

I
bh u t VAv ise v a ssAn i Ma hAn Am o m a hAm a him
ka t p mnA
un i c itTAn i ya th Ak a m m a m u A aml
p g I
se bbe pete dha ra ni pa tha yo
’

( corr .
°
tayo) m a cc u m a cce tu m

a n te no sa kkhi
p m su a c i ta su b a l A SAdh u sa m p a nna bh o gA evam
se bbe n i dha na v a sa A
g hon ti sa ttA ti n ic c a m rA e
g m sa m m A

Vin eya tu dh a n e j ivite cA

p i dhi m A II
Readin gs of N O . 92 1 °
mAn VO
a . ts 2
i n — VAda tthi j am b u dl
p e m hi — 3 p a ri v e tteSi — 5 g a d ra bha r
°
a b ru V i— 6 v a tte OS Are S i . .

— 7 tam eorr tva m pAli° — 8 ka sseso b rfivi — 1 0 so sobb i

, . . .

1 1 pa ra na m
k a
°
i
ny A °
S A H n im — 1 2 u b
. rfi v i— 1 3 p Al im
°
.
'

1 4 S i h a l a th
t
°
1 5 ka tA — 1 7 °
m ati— 1 8 VihAre sa bba S Adh u
-

Da m
°
p e dhAn a h a ra m
.
g
— 1 9 n ic c hi e
y
— 2 0 sa m gh a ssa m An etV A .

satim 2 1 gAtha dve ya m SAm a tthiya m 2 6 bhikkhu 2 7 p A

! — — .

li hi a nna a the m
. t t — —
2 8 pi 3 0 m fil a b h °—
l —
3 1 p A im 3 2 ath a
katt °
p a ri a ri i
n tthi ta m— 3 3 d V AV
°
m a hAm a ha m p u nnAn i
.
p . .

°
34 i t
n p a yo
a . sa dha n e .

No : 1 . t
93 i s n —2 jam b u d a sinda n to corr
b rAhm a n a m °
.
°
.
, .

—°
.
—
ah 3 sa m pu nn a p 5 ge dr j An Ati ti corr si i 6 j An e
t — ° °
.
’

, .
°
,

eorr
j An Am i
. A fte r wards the rea din g of the fi rs t han d h a s
.

r i—
been restored osA es 6 v u tta m corr v u tta m vu tta m .
,
. .

V i rodha m , eorr . Vi rodha m 7 p Al im

°
— 8 ka sse ta m , Corr .

ka sseso . b rfivi . gan ha .

p bba aj a m tam , corr
j jj e .
°
—
tam 1 0
ghose hi corr h hi — l l p a ka ra na m n iyA S AHn im
° °
g o so .

i—
.
,

12 a b ru v 1 3 pAlim
°
. Aca riyAV
°
corr .
°
yav ° — 1 4 S i hel a tth °
.

—
Arfil h a m l 5 di gi ta n c a ka tA S iha l a bh
°
— 1 7 m a hAm a t i .
°

18
°
sAdhu n a m
°
p a dhAn a ha ra m
g sa u tikam, corr
.
°
kA — 1 9 . . .

t he rAVAda Ii
‘

ca . u ic c hiya m ,
corr .
°

ya —2 0 sa m
g h a ssa m An e tV A .

satam , corr .
—
satim 2 1 gAth a dve
y m
a . sAm a tthiya m — 22
°
m a rgga m , corr . m a g ga m— 2 3 Arab i, corr .
°
bh i — 25 sa n

hA
t p e su m — 2 6 b hi kkh — 2 7 AH hi fifi a ta ttha b a hfi corr
u
p a .
, .

°
m ah 1l pi — ’
l i —
3 1 pA m 3 2 ath a k p a ri n itthi tim Corr
.
°
.
, .
°
ta m
— 3 3 dV AV° m a hAm a ha m — 3 4 dha ra ni a tha o, corr.
°
ta yo
p y
. .

°
sa m p a n n a
°
. dhan e, corr . sa dha n e .
 P ALI TE XT SOCI E T Y P
RE ORT , 1 8 82 .

ti v a de te sa m ta m kh a c chin dit
yy a sa m ep m
a va ca n a m a
p
Pa dya pa dAn u va msa ssa p y j kara ne a o ene m ca ettha P orAna

ka a ttha ke thAm a hAva m sa m hi a tis e mk hepAde yo pi pa ri si yA

ka p pitA dOSA n Am a a tthi te tato p a riv a

jj et ka thetu kAm assa
i m e ssa Pa dya pa dAnu va m s a ssa a tta n Aka ra na vi dhin c a
'

da ssen to
du tiya gAthAm Aha .

It m ay be observed fu rther that the c om m en ta tor n ot

on ly gives difie ren t explan ation s of m an y passa g es him se lf
'

dou btin g whic h is to be preferred b u t also variou s readin gs ; ,

for in sta n c e p 1 3 6 ed T u rn after h avin g c om m en ted on

, .
, , . .
,

dhu ra n dh a re he adds : dh u ra n dha rA ti ka ttha c i l ikhita n ti

,
.

F in ally if there c o ul d rem ain a n y dou bt it wou ld be

, ,

rem oved by the c om m en ts whic h the TikA gives on Ma hAv .

p 2 1 5 ( fol ghan )
.
, .

Dha m m a ru cikA ti i m e A bha ya girivASin o b hikkh u SAga l ikA ,

n Am a Ma hAsena reIi fio Je ta v a n a v AS in o b hikkh n ti da tt b a b b A I

‘

tesa m A b ha ye giri v Asin o L a mkAdip a m hi sAsa n a ssa a ti hAnA

’

p tt
sa tta ra s a va ss a m a ttAdhikes u d v i su v a ssa se te su e tikka n te s u

Va tt a gAm a nira nno kAl e b ha ga va to Aha c c a b hA i ta Vin a ya p i

'

s -

takato b a u dha k a pa riv Ara m (ree d Kha n dha ka pe riv Aram)

a ttha n ta re p Atha n ta ra k a ra na va S en a b heda m k a tV A the ra v Ade to

n ikk ha m m a Dha m m a ru c i ka v AdA n Am e h u tVA te n e Va tta g A

m a n in A A b ha ya giriv ihAra m hi kArApite ta tth a v a simsu I ta to

Jeta va n a vAsin o pi eka c a ttAl i sa va ssa m a ttAdh ikesu tisu va ssa se
t esu e tikka n tesu Je te v a n a v ihAra pa tit th An A p ubb e eva Dham
m a ru c ika vAda to n ikkha m m a Da kkhinevih Are m hi v a sitVA te
pi b ha ga va to Aha c c a b hAsita Vin a ya pita ka to Ubha tovibha n
-

em e he t a ttha n ta ra Atha n ta rak a ra na va sen a tam b heda m

g g p
ka tVA S Aga Hka vAdA n Am a h u tVA Ma hAse n a ra nfio Jeta V a
'

n am hi V ihAre kAri te v e u l l a m gan t ta ttha va simsu I te n e

p
v u tta m Dha m m a ru c ikA SAga l ikA La mkAdip a m hi bhin n a kA ti I
'

tato pan a a tirekep a nnAsa m a ttAdhikesu ti su v a ssa se tes u e tik

ka n tesu B hAgi n eyye dAth Apa tissa Ta nfio k Al e Je ta v a na vi hA
ra m hi Ku ru n da c u lla ka p e ri v e n a v Asi DAthAvedha k a n Am a ko c a

b hikkhu ta tthe[ va ] Kol a m ba hAra ka p e riv e n a v Asi Da thAvedh a

n Am a ko bhikkh u C A ti iti i m e dv e a sa
ka m sa ka p a ra va msa kA
u ri sa c i tta k A a ttu k
pp
u S SA
p i te u ikA a n ta ra l a ddh ikA
y V iha ta p a

re l oka b ha ya da ssAvi tA Viha ta dhe m m a su ttikA ca Dha mm a ru c i

 PALI MSS . I N T H E I NDI A O FFI CE LI B RA RY . 1 15

ka VAda to Ubha tovibha nge S Aga l ike VAda to Kha n dha ke pa ri

V Ara Ii c a a he t VA Ma hAvi hAra vAsin o i kkA j A A ti i da
‘

g p ty e e t m
a b hfite ttha e ridi a k a va ca n a n a nna VAda n ta ra a tis a my u t
p p ca p
t a v a ce n a Ii a t tAn a m A h b b Ak h A t A ta m ka tVA
‘

ca p t a y y n a n a r
ga

l ikhitVA the pesu m .

The om m en tary gen erally c on c isely follows the si n gle

c , ,

words of the te xt som eti m es it i n serts his toric al exc u rsu ses ,

som e of whic h Tu rn ou r ha s tran sl ated in his In troduc tion to

the Ma hAve msa The in te rest whic h these passages deserve
.

will j u sti fy m e I hope in repeatin g h ere the P AHtext of two

, ,

o f the ex c u rs u ses give n i n E n gl ish by Tu rn o u r .

f ghrI — ghri ( Tu rn ou r p xxxvii ) ayam pan a S u su n Ago

.
, .

n Am a a m a c c o ke ssa pu tto ken a po sito ti I VesAH a m hi a nna

y
ta ra ssa L ic oha vi ra nno p u tto I ta ssAya m s vam ekAye n a ga ra so
'

b h iu iyA k u cc hism im ga hita pa tisa n dhiko a nne te ren a a m a c c u

u t ten e pos ito ti Utta ra vi hdra vdstna m a tha ka thdya m vu t ta m
p t
a vam sati pi m ayam y sa m a i
a v rod ha bh Av a ttA tass ’
u
pp a tti sa m

khe pa m a tta m da ssa yiS SAm a I k atham I ek a sm im hi s a m aye

kira L ic oha v irAj An o p sa n n i a ti tV A na a m hAka m na
g a re m
t h An a p pa ttAya n a a ra sob hi n ik A a
g y V i ra hite m S Obh a tl ti ( o m
c p .

M a hAv a g ge,
1 , 2 ) e viii
vam m a n fi
. i tV A a nna ta ra sa m An a
j Ati
k e m m At u gAm a m ta s m im t hAn a n ta re the p esu m I tesa m e fifia
taro TAj A tam ga he t a tta u o geham An e tVA sa ttAha m a tta u o
e he eva A t A t m im h i t b b h i ssa eS i I S A
g y v a S
p e V a s
g a a g a o v
jj
a tta u o
g eh am
g a ut
p a ri u nna e b bho Vi A a u ti m a m sa p e sim
p g j y
Vi
j y
A i tVA k in ti
p u cc hit m a m p
sa e si ti v u tte d o m a n a s se
pp a ttfl
l ajj a bha yA pi u pa ddu tAya u kkha l iyA pa kkhip itVA a nfie n a
p i da he n e n a s u p ihi ta m ka tVA dhAtiyA da t p a c c fisa kAl e yeva
sam khAra tthAn e tha pApesi
I ta sm im tAya h
t Pa ita m a tte yeva
t a m n a ga re pa riggAhiko eko n Aga rAj A dis a tta u o b ho e hi
g
a rikk hi itV A u pari m a h e n ta pha am k A d i A
p p m n a t V ssa m u a

r fip en ev a t ha tV A a t tAn a dis sa n n i i m a hAj a n e su

m p a t te su

S A SA ti sa ddha m k a tV A a n te ra dh Ayi I a th a k ho ta m t hAu a m

u
p a
ga ta a
jn o ta m di SVA v iv a ritVA p e rina ta m a msa p e sij a m sa m
a nna l a kk ha na d
’

p m d he nna v a tip u tta

p a t il Ab ha m a d a sa d i S V An

a s m im
a ss a
j p
sa n Ata e m o a hosi ti I ta tthek o a m a c c u u tto
p t
s a uj Ata p em O tam gha ram i
p t j gg
a a n to n Am a n et
g a h a u a e

d i va se a m u n A so S A ti k a ta sa dde n a n Ag a ra fino Ta k khi ta ttA

’
 P ALI TE XT S OCI ET Y P
RE ORT, 1 882 .

S u su n AgO ti n Am a m a kAS i I so tato p a t y

t hA a e va m ten e posi
m An O a n ukka m en a v innu b hAva m t A AcAra sa m pa n n a ta ro
ya
p a V

n Aga re hi SAdhu su n da ra ta ro
’
ti va sa m m a to s hosi I ta s m A ta ssa
NAga dAsa ka ssa re iifi o I te hi
ku j j hi tVA
n Aga re hi k a tAb hi s e k d
S u su n Ago n Am a TAj A ti pAka t a s hosi I
f ghau — ghah (T u m o u r p xxxviii) KAl Asokassa p u ttA
'
.
, .

tn (p 2 1 7 T u rn ) tiAdi m Aha I
.
, . KAlAS Oka ssa a traj a
u ttA de sa b hAtu kA a hesu n ti a ttho I te sa m pan a n Am a m
p
A ttha ka thdya v u tta m I n a ve Na n dA t ato As u n ti tato de sa
b hAtu n a m e n ta rA sa m An a m eva n Am a kA N a n da u Am a n e va
rA An o a h esu n ti a ttho sa m hi e ttho pa n a a nIi Ate k u l a ssa
j j
‘

te

p u tto ti c a p a c c a n ta VASiko ti ca tesam n a va n n em u p pa ttik

ka m ail c a Utta ra vihdra ttha ka thdya m v u tta m I m ayam p i sam
khe pe u a tesa m u ppa ttim a tta m sa m a yAVirOdha m a ttA k a they
A m a I u bb e k i ra KAlAsok a u ttAu a m raj j e yeva pe c c an ti
y p p
V AsikO e ko m a hAc oro l a ddha pa kkho ra ttha m
u
p p jj
a i t
V il u m p a m An o V ic a ra ti I tas s a m a n a ssA pan e gA m a ghAta ka m

m am ka ron tAyam g A m a m V il u m p a n ti b ha nda m ta s m im

Am m a n u ssehi Ah A t VA Me l a a m n e t vA b ha nda m a h e tV A
g e
g p e
y g
m a n u sse c a v issa j j eu ti I ath eka di va sem te c orA evam ka ron tA
’

ekam n i bbi tik

am thAm a j a va sa m pa n na m yodha sa disa m p u risa m

g e he tV te
A ne sa ddhi m
g Ah A pe t M a l y I so te
e a m n e n ti i h
n i a m Au O te k im v o ke m m a m k a ron tA Vic a ra thA ti hi t
y p u c c

tehi b ho dAsa pu riss n a m aya m a fifia m pi ka sigore kkhAdi

h a m m a m karo ma i m in A v a n i hAre n a gAm a g hAte kAdi n i k a t
dha n a m dha nna m c a u p pAde tVA m a c c he m a m sa s u rApAnAdi n i
'

ca

p a ti
yAde t kh Ad a n t A su kh e n a
j i v i ta v u ttim k e ro m A ti v a t t e

S Adhu vata a a m e v a te sa m i aha pi h eva sa ddhi m

j
’

y i vi te v u t t m te

evam eva j i vita m ka p p e yyAm i ti c in te tVA p u u a Aha aham p i

'

t u m hAk a m sa n tik e v a si t tu m hAka m sa bAyO b ha vissAm i t i

’

t u m he m a m pi g a he tV A V ic a ra th A ti I te sAdh A ti ta m ga he tV A
a tt An a m sa n tik e v a sA e s um I ath ’
eka diva sa m te c orA gAm a gh A
‘

p
tAk a m m a m ka ron tA e ka m Av u dha ha tth a su ra pu risehi se m pa n
na mp a c ca n ta
g Am a mp a v i sims u
p I tesu a v it th a m a tte su g Am e .

V Asin o u tthA a
y te m ajj he k a tV A g A m a n im g a h e tV A a s i n A
parit pa a y a
'

j i v ita kkh a ya m A
p p es u m I c o rA n e n v Aten a V A
l A i VA M a l e a a tassa
pa
y t y m g n t ta ttha sa n n ip a tit m a ta
b hAve m j
An itVA ta s m im V i n a tthe a m hAka m p i hAn ibh Av o
ar
118 PALI TE XT SOCIET Y P
RE ORT , 1 882 .

p e t VA p un a soda ka m i
v ssa A
jj p e tVA ta m
p ek a ti AsAn a ta l am
p
Vi
j A u de ka v issa j Ap esi I p u n a a tta u o An Ap a va tta n a
y a te m j
hA ca m m a a tu ru kkha sAna a va ttA a n e k Ara nAdi hi dha
tt n e
j p A p p
n a sa nc a
y am k ArApe tVA ta tthe va k a tip a ya vAre h i a kAS i I e am
v

a kAsi ti v u tta m hoti I ten e a voc u m ha te sa m pan a ka n itth o

n a v a m o sa am dha n e n ida ha n a vi ttika ttA a Dha n a na n do n Am a
y y
a hosi ti MoriyAn a n ti a ttAn a m n agaram siriyA eva sa nj Ata m
MoriyA ti l a ddha vo (hA)rAnem kha ttiyAn a n ti a ttho te hi
pan a dha ra m Au e yeva b ha ga va ti Vidu dha b hen a u pa ddu tA
te pi S AkiyA Him a va n ta m pa ViSitVA a nne ta ram sa l ilAya sa m
pan n am u ssa n n a p ippha l ip a va n Adi hi pAde p eva n ehi u pa sobhi
tam ra m a n ya m b hnm ib hAga m dis ta tthA b hin ivittha pem a
’
i
’

h a da yA ta sm im thAn e s u vi bha tta m m a hAp a tha dvAra kotth a

ka m thi ra p AkAra p a rikkhitta m ArAm a u yyAn Adi vi vidha rAm a
ne
yy a sa m
p a nna m agara
n m m Ape s u m I api ta m m a yfira g i
ca

v a sa mk Asa m c ha d a n i t thi ka p a sAda p e n ti konc a m a ynra ga n a n A

dehi p nrita m u gghosita n c a a hosi I ten e te tassa n a ga ra s sa
S Am in o S Aki A c a I ts ee m u tta a u ttA c a sa kala Ja m b u di pe
y p p p
-

MoriyA n Am A ti p Aka tA j AtA tato ppa b h u ti tesa m v a m so

Moriya v a mso ti v u cc a ti en e
t v u tta m MoriyAn a m khatti
yAna m v a m se
j Atan ti I

95 (T u m o u r Collec tio n
) .

1 2 5 leaves, the Sin halese le tters ka —j o Sin

S i gn ed with .

h a l ese writi n g The MS c on tain s three diffe ren t works

. .

.
—
1 fol ka gu (eac h page is divided in to 3 c olu m n s ; 7 lin es)
.

The Dip a va m sa This m an u sc ript bel on gs to the better c lass

.
,

thou gh it is n ot free from the gre at defic ien c ies c om m on to all

MS S . of th e Di pa va m sa .

.
—
2 fo gfi c a i (8
l . lin es) The Ddthdva m sa . .

.
—
3 fol C O j o (7 lin es on a n avera ge)
. A t the e n d of the .

MS there is a B u r m ese s ubsc ription apparen tly writte n by a

.
,

differen t han d from tha t i n wh ic h the work itself is writte n .

I t is dated in Sa kk 1 I 3 6 = A D 1 7 75 The L a ldta dhdtu va m sa

. . . .
,

prose with a fe w in term ixed verses .

Begin s : n e m o etc I .
 P ALI M SS . I N T HE I ND I A OF F ICE L I B RA RY . 1 19

sa m bu ddh a m a tu l a m s a ddha m dha m m a m sengham an u t

taram
n a m e ssit a ve kkhAm i I DhAtu va m sa p a kAsa ka m
p
tikkha ttu m Aga m A n Atho L emkAdi pa m m a u ora m a m
hitam icc ha n to SAsen as sa c ira tthitim I
sa ttAu a m

The c hapters of th e work are : ta thAga ta ssa ge m an o n Am a

p e tha m o
p a ric c hedo
(en ds f c ha
) t a thA ga ta ssa p a ri n ibb u tA
.
'
-

. h —
d hikAro n du tiyo p (f c A ) d hAtu pa re m pa rAga to n ta tiyo
. .
’
.

. .
—
p (f c hli ) pa kin n a ko n c a tuttho p (f chAm ) dhAtuni
'
—
. . .
'

dhAn Adhi kAro n p a fica m o p (f j a i)

. . . .

Collec tion )
9 6 (Turn ou r .

1 48 leaves S ign ed with the Sin halese let ters

,
—
ka Ii l
‘

; 8
lin es ; Sin hales e writi n g .

The Mil indap a iiha

. .

97 .

2 07 leaves S ign ed with the Si n halese le tters

,
—
k a dAm ;
—
8 9 Hu es ; S in halese writi n g .

The sa m e work .

hoose as a S pec i m en of th ese two MSS the begin n in g of

I c .

the work gi vin g the text ac c ordin g to No 9 6 a n d s u bjo in in g

, .
,

t he differen t rea d in g s of NO 9 7 . .

n e m o tassa bh a a v a to a ra h a to sa m m Asa m b u ddh a ssa I

g
Mi lindo n Am a SO rA
j A S uga l dya m p u ra t ta m e

u
p a
g a nc hi n a sena m G a n A v a
g y atha sA a ra m
g I
Asa j j a j
rA A c i tra ka thim
1
u kkAdhAra m ta m on u da m
Apu c c hi n ip u n o pa nhe thAu AthAu a ga te pu thu I 2

p u cc h Avissa
jj a n A c eva g a m b hfra tth u
p a n i s si tA
ha da ya nga m A ka n n e s u khA a b bh u tA l om a ha msa n A
3
I
A bhidha m m e v in a yogAl hA 4
su tta
j Al a sa m a tthi tA

NAga sen a ka thA c itrA opa m m ehi na

ye hi ca I
ta ttha fl Ana m p a n idhAya 5
hAsa yitVAna m Ana sa m 5

su notha pa n o (corr n ip u ne ) p a ii he kam khAthAn a vi

ni .
7

dAla n e ti I
3

tam ya thAn u S IIya te I a tthi Yona kdka m (corr n a m) n An A

‘
9
.
°

p u t a b heda n a m S dga l a n n Am a n a g aram n a di p a b b a ta so h i ta m

a bh fim i a de sa b hAga m 1°
ra m a n i ArAm u yyAn op a v a n a ta l Aka
y pp
1 20 P AL! X
T E T SOCI ET Y REPORT, 1 8 8 2 .

p okkha ra ui se m
p a nn a m n a di
p a b b a ta v a na rAm a n e yya ka m
11
su

te va n ta n i m m i ta m n i ha ta
p a cc a t tika
p e c c Am itta
m
12
a n up a pi l i
13
v i vi dha vic itra da l ha m a ttAl a kot a ka m
14 15
ta m t v a ra pa v a

a m b hi ra rikha a n a ra AkAra p a rikk hitta n

g p
o u ra tora na
m d g p a p p
t ep u ra m su vib ha tta v itthi (corr vi thi )c a cca ra c a t u kka simghAt .
-

e kam s u pp as Ari tAn eka vidh a va ra bha nda p a rip tl rita n te rApa
1“

na m i idh a dA
V vu a
gg a sa t a sa m u
p a so b hi ta m 1"
Him a gi risikha
ra sa m kAsa v a ra b b a va n a sa tasa ha ssi corr
(
°
ssa .
p a tim a n i
d mta
18

ge a
j
h a
y p ( e ra tha a u ti corr . patti )sa m A ku lam
- - 19
a b hi rfip a n a re

n Ari a nAn u ce ri ta ki h k h i b Ah
g m A nn j
a a n a m a n u ss a mp u t u a t t ya r

v iv idha sa m a n a b rAhm a nA
° 2 °
m a na v essa su ddhe m (corr dde m ) .

sa b ha e n a sa ra v i ra n ise v i
j idh ijj A ”1
h
mg t m
a ita b a hu v a v v a n ta n a
22
ta m kAsikekotu m b a ra kAdiu An Av idha va tthApa nas a m pa na m
A i b h a dded : Vid ha ha a n dha a n dhA
su
pp a s r ta ru c i ra e u ( ) p pp g
u g
p aua
g g a n dhe a n dhita m
23
Asimsa n iyya b a h u re tta ( corr .
°
t an a)
p a ri t
p l ri ta m 3 ‘
disAm u kha su ppe S AritApa na sim gArivAri -
( sorr.
°
ni )j a ga u Au u ca rita m
25
ka h Ap a n a raj a ta su ve nna ka ms a pa ttha ra
'

p a ri
m p jj ”6
m ota m An a n i dhi n ike ta h u tad ha n a dh e m fia
p u ra a p e

V itthA a ke ra ne 27
i k hA A b h A
p m p p nn
e r u a k osa ott g ra m a u v a n p
u e

nam ”3
b a hu vidha kha jj a bhq jj a l eyya peyya sAya n iyya 29
Uttara
kurusa m kAsa m 3°
sa m pun n a sa ssa m Al e ka m a n dA 3‘
Viya deva
F u nn y I
Va rious rea dings f
o No 9 7 1 ) k athl , 2 ) p a iiho, 3 ) k e nne
. :
°

S u khA, A h A 54)
) a nidhA a , 6 ) A 7
m, ) p n , i
°
g t , p y m u a sa n u e

8 ) thAna v idb Al a n e, 9 ) yon am , corr you a kAn a m, 1 0 ) b hita m

°
.

ra m a ni
yy m (
a co rr
°
yy )
a
°
bh u m i °
, 1 1 )
°
v a
.
na rAm a n yy
e a k a m ,

°
1 2) p
° a c c a tthi ke °
, 1 3)
pp il i ta m, 1 4 ) V i
anuc i trAda l ha m ,

1 6) vi thiv e c c a re , 1 7 ) sa m fip a s , 1 8 ) bha
° ° ° ° °
1 5) kottha ka m ,
v a na s a ta sa ha ssa
, 1 9 ) p a n t is , 2 °
0 ) s u dda m,
2 1 ) s e m ane
° ° °

°
b rAhm a na se bhAj a n a se m ghAtita m , 2 2 ) Va tthApa n a sa m pa nna m ,
° °
°
2 3 ) ba h u vidh e pu ppha °
, 2 4) °
n iya ba h u ra ta n e , mg A 2 5) Si

a hfita dhe n e dha nna vittfl a

° °
Ta VAn i a
j 2 6) a ri fira m, 2 7
)
'

, p p p p
°
ka ra nam , 2 8 ) ba vha n n a pAn a m, 2 9 ) SA a n i a
y y m , 3 0)
khAsa m, 3 l ) A ak °
l .

98 .

B urm ese MS see Catal rm ese MSS No 3 457

.
, . of B u .
, . .

K a lydni hyom ed P AH a n d B u rm ese F or the history a n d

. .

c on te n ts of this work see the B u rm ese Catalogu e .

 PALI TE XT SOCI ET Y REP ORT, 1 8 8 2 .

tas m A a ttha n c a ta n diya m (ta u diya fi ca, B .

) Visodhen to

a am dAn i
m h
a k kha des sAn a m a tthA a
y b Al An a m s u th u di pissa m I
"
ka runAya Ssa codite b u ddhesi n ena bhAtun A
’

sa Ara va m b hi Ac ito
g
’
y p orAne k a m m a tam n iya (m ata m
B) I
a n dhi
y ,
a .

The text then begin s after this prefac e

e u Ase v a m n a rAn a rAbhi vu dd hika m
sa
jj anAsa jj
p Ara n a m
g p Ara n
’
g m
a n e ta m viram viram b hi ve n diye l
’

dha m m as a tta m Vic Arem i Vi citta u e ya m a ndita m

b a husa tta ka l okAn a m ca t a ti Vim u cc ita
g mI
1 00 .

A n other Very i orrec t opy

nc c of the sa m e work , see C ata l . of

the B u rm ese MSS No .

, . 3 454 .

1 01 .

B u rm ese MS see Catal of the B u rm ese MSS No 3 43 9

.
, . .
, . .

The Dha mm a sa t P A Htext with an other B u rm ese version

,
.

1 02 .

B u rm ese MS see Catal ogu e of B u rm ese MSS No 3 448 1

. .
, .
, .

The L oka niti c ollec tion of rules a n d proverbs for e a n d

,

soc iety ; PAH a n d B u rm es e Begin s .

l oka n i dhi p a ve kkh Am i n Au Asa tta sa m u ddhita m

m Aga ten eva sa nkhepa m v e n di t ra ta n a tta ya m I
1 03 .

B u rm ese MS see Catal ogu e of B u rm ese MSS No 3 448 2

.
, .
, .
, .

The Rdia ni ti S im ilar c ol lec tion of rul es for royal govem

,

m en t ; PAH a n d B u r m ese B eg i n s .

sa ddhA b ha v a n tu I n a sa kkA va rAb hiv u ddhiyo I

j
rA a n i tiS a tthe
j m ra Ii Iio dha m m a tth asu khas Adha n a m
‘ '

v u cca te b uddhiv u ddha ttha m p a ra ra ttha vi m adda n e I

23 leaves the first 2 2 leaves a re sign ed with the B u rm ese

—
letters pa phau ; the las t leaf which like the prec edin g on e , , ,
 PAL I MS S . IN TH E I NDI A OFFICE LI B RA RY . 1 23

is m u c h dam aged, has lost its S ign atu re . 9 lin es . B u rm ese

wri tin g .

F rag m en t of the ou tside lea es at

Visuddhi ma gga . The v

the begin n in g a n d the en d c on tain the S ign atu re ekAd a sa

vagga b u t n e ither begin n in g n or en d are c oin c iden t with a n y
,

division of the work .

The fragm en t begin s : l Atu (k n P)Sa l em kem m a m a vise sena

sa m u dda a sa cc e n
y ti sa cca v ib h a n g e v u tta m I tas m A a v ijj A
c c a A sa nk ha rA ti a v i kh d
p a
y jj y
A sa a sa n a ra m u tiye sa c c e pp a

b ha va m etc .

1 05 .

Third a n d fou rth part of the MS No 1 8 ; see a lso . .

Catalogu e of the B u rm ese MSS No 3 442 .

,
. .

.
—
1 F ol ka khe (the letter khfi is p u t twic e ) 2 0 leaves ;
.

8 li n es Sakk 1 1 9 0
. . .

The K hu dda sikkhA m etric al work abou t the du ties of the

,

ri esthoo d B egi s m o t
p n . n e e c .

Adito u pas a m pa n n a sikkhi ta bba m sa m Atika m

K hu dda sikkha m pa vekkhAm i v a n di tVA ra ta n a ttha ya m I
A ra kA n e va c i va ra m
p j
rA ikA ca ca t tAro
g a

raj en An i c a patto c a tAl a kA (thAl a kA the Nisseye ) c a p a vA ,

v a II A I

kAHkA c a p a ti gga ho m a m sesu c a e ka pp iya m

n iSa g giyAn i
p Ac it ti s a m a na ta p A c a b hfim i o
p y ( sa m a ka p

p i ya b hu m m iyo c a the Nissa ya ) I etc

’

, .

The en d c on tain in g the au thor s n am e r u n s th u s

,
’
,

m ahato kittisa dde ssa yassa l oka vicArin o

p a risse m o n a sa m b hoti m Atu l a sse va i

n cca
yo ( n icc a so the
MS . of the Nisse ye ) I
ten e Dha m m a siriksn a Ta m b a pa nniya ke tu n A
th e ren a ra j itA d ha m m a vi n a ya nnu p a sa m sitA I
e tth Ava tA itthAn a m Khu dda sikkhA u pAka tA
’
em n
y
n m a tte hi g AthAn a m satc hi p a rim An t ti I
p a c a a O

2 .l —
F o ka ta m ; 1 3 1 leaves ; 8 lin es
. Sa kk 1 1 9 0 . . .

The K hu dda sikkhA, text with sin gle explan atory rem arks
i n P AH a n d a B u rm ese Nissey e . The in troduc tio n ma kes it
 PALI TE XT SOCI ET Y P
RE ORT , 1 88 2 .

highly probable tha t the au thor of this Nissa ya is ide n tic al

wi th t ha t of the Vib ha nga n issa ya (see No He says .

v inAtu ttho hi sekkA D a m sa u te pi

’
u bb a n i ssa e
p y
su khen a m a n da m a ne na hi b hikkh u n A ha m b hi Ac itO I
' ’

y
re c issa P a ndm a n i
'

i k h k
'

i i md S k A Am en a n ssa
y m a

n Atisa nk he p a v i tt hAra v i va h
I m n a va m p i ti dd a n em

The su bsc ription c on tain in g this au thor s n am e shows that ’

he is the sa m e who c om posed the B u rm ese version of the

A ttha sAlin i (No I give the c o m plete text as fa r as in
.

K u sa n n Am a ssa ne gre ss e p u ra tt im a p a desa ke

sAs a n Aru a bh fita sse a
l dd y j
ha o a n a e m Ana ke
p I
Nera ntivha ya gAm as sa p a c c hi m a m i sa n i ss i te

u tte ra sm i diS Ab hA e t hAn e a nca dha n u sa k e I

g p
a m e n A a m a na sa m a u n a Ma n i ra ta na n dm a ks
g g p
al aye p u fia n ipp a tte sa n tAsa n e tib h u m m ike I
b a hu gga ha na vAc a ke n e a ti ga m b hiya b u ddhin A
Adim h
’
(
An isa sa dden a the rep e tition sic, a riya sa dden a

with the B u rm ese version ) A la nkd ro tin Am in A I

'

m a hAthere n a yu tten a na AhAp e t na sa bb a s o

s Av a k An em v Ac a n a n c a a n te rA a n ta ra kkha ke I
'

sa mp a so dvi sa ha ssa n c a d visa ta m j in a sAsa n e

tese thi vev a sse (v essa P)ka ta to ( v a ssa
g a na to, the repetition )
ra c ito n issa ro s ayam I
n a v a b hfi K hu ddha sikkhAya m u nisAsa n a b u ddhiyA I

1 06 .

Third part of the MS NO 1 9 see also Catalogu e of the . .

B u rm ese MSS NO 3 52 4 6 1 lea ve s S ign ed with the B u rm es e

.
, . .
,

—
letters gho j ho 8 lin es Sec on d part (tva i) of an other c opy
. .

of the pre c e din g work The whole c opy w a s probably com .

posed of three parts .

1 07 .

B u rm ese MS see Cata logu e .

, of B u rm ese MSS .
, NO 3 49 8
. .

Sa kk . 1 1 27 =A . D . 1 7 66 .

P a iica st at tha s t oral work c hiefl y abou t

a chu m ap ra t, a m
the du ties of ho u seholders P AH with a B u r m ese version o r .
,

paraph rase A n ac c u rate acc ou n t of the c on ten ts is given in

.

t he B u rm ese Cata log u e ,

 PALI TEXT S OC IET Y RE ORT ,P 1 882 .

( f ne )— m a c c he
'
ra k a thA (f na — ti idh i i bhAv a n a k a th A
. I v a gg v .

(f nA
.m )— dAn Ad ip u nn
'
as e nga ha n a
y (
o f . c fi)— sa ttAn a m AhAra
b heda n a ya sa nga ho ( f l i — i ib h
'
h f
c ) yo n v A v a n
. a n a
yes a n
ga o (
c ha )— u m i tthi a ri v a tta n a ka thA (f c h i — u v a ti n a m sa T A a
) y
‘

p p p .

vi bhAv a n a m (f c h u ) —p a nd a kAn a m VibhAv a n a m

.
( f c h u ) .
'
'

n A An a m V ib hAv a n a ka thA f
g ( . c hri)—su pa nnAn a m Vi bh Ava n a

k a thA c hri ) (pf .

m
'
V i b h Av a— e tAn a
n a m (f c h l)i — a su rA n a m .

h
Vib Ava n a m (f c hli)— de va tAn a m V ibhAv a n a m (f c hli )
. .
’

m a hiva ddha n a ka thA (f C he )— m a hic a l e n eka thA (f c h au )

' '

. .

V u tthi VAtAdI n a m
g
’‘
s a n a ha n a o ( f
y a —
j ) p nn a ki e k a k a th A ( f . .

j
'
e ) —id dhi v idh Adi sa ng a h a n a
y ( j
o f h u ) — l ok a sa nt h An a k a th A .
'

f fi r i
'
.
0

Collec tion )
1 0 9 (Tu rnou r .

7 3 leaves S i gn ed wi th the Si n halese letters ka nri (the

,
—
first l eaf c on tai n i n g a n in dex of the c hapte rs h a s n o S i gn at u re) ;
—
1 0 9 lin es ; Sin h alese writi n g .

The L oka dtp a sdra A c ollec tion of Chapters on diffe ren t

.

s u bj ec ts arran ge d ac c ordin g to a c osm ologic al sc he m e Th e .

in trodu c tion begin s

se tt ha m se tt ha da de m b u ddh a m loke l ok a u A a ka m loka
gg a y
hun dha m m e hAv ire m l oka n Atha m n a m Am i ha m
’
.

S u bsc ription : S irire ta u a pu rAbhidhAn e u tta m a n a ge re sete

ku Iij a rAdhip a tibh fI ta ssa m a hAre Ii no m Atu b h tItAye S u sa ddhAya
‘ ‘ ’

m a hAdeV iyA kAri te ti p Ip una a ta l a c h Adi te S onna m a

y a m a hAv i

h Are va sa n te n a si lAc ATAdi sa m a nn en e

p Ti p ita ka p a riya tti dh a
ren a sa ddhAb u ddhi vi ri
y p a a ti m a n dite n a S i ha la di pe a ra Ii Ii a
‘ ‘

V AS i n a m p e sa tth a m a h Ath e rAn a

m va m Me
sAl e nkAre bh tI te n a
‘

dha mk a re m a h Athe rAkkhye ppa ti ten a S a m gha ra iifid kara to yam

’

L oka ppa di pa ka sAro ti Loka pp a di p a ka SAra pek a ra na m

Ma hdsa m gha rdien a Da ya rAj a ssa ga ru n A re c itam se m a tta n ti .

The c hapters as , g ive n i n th e in dex are ,

I sa nk hAre o l ka n iddeso II n ira a tin idde so

I II pe
. . .
y g
a . .

ta ga tin idde so o pre e n ds : SAm a fina dukkha v a nna n A— tiro

( h
'

m
c

k u dda s u tta m m a hAdeva va tthu m AsAn a e ta v a tth u m p A

p p
SAn a ttha m bha pe ta va tthum— —
ka sipe ta va tthu m a ddhe ta n d ul a
petav . I V tira c c h An e ga ti n i ddeso
. . V . m an u s s e
1
o prehe s —
th ApAra b bha ka thA th fipa k a ra
g a tin iddeso (
c m n d :

1
This ter contai ns a l m ost en tirel y extra cts rom the Ma hAvemsa
Che T he f
k f g
.

Aga dha i ngs a n d th e orm er kin s of Ce l on is Ven ver S hortl

°

story of the y y ;
t he a ccoun t of Du tthegAm an i s wor s is al m ost i enti ca wi t t e MahAvemsa
’
k d y h .
 PALI MSS . I N TH E I NDI A O FFI CE L I BRA RY . 1 27

na ka thA A bha ya du ttha g Am a n i

m a hAdhAtu n idhAu a ka thA
ra Ii Ii o Tu sita de va l oka a m a n a m—A soka m Alin i A u pp a ttika th A
‘ ‘

g y
—SA1irAj a ku m Ara ssa u pp a ttika thA— b ha tika m m a ke ra na ka thA)
VI sa tta l ok a n iddeso (c om prehe n ds : a ttha kkha na pa ridip a n a
’

t —
ka hA kAm Ava ce ra devAn a m u p pa ttika thA) VI I okAsa l oka . .

n iddeso . VI I I .
p a k inna ka n a
y a sAran iddeso .

110 .

B u rm ese MS see Catal B u rm ese MSS NO 3 49 5 1

.
, . of the .
,
.
, .

Ra ta n a m dld che kya m a m edic al work ; P AH text wi th ,

B u rm ese Nisse ye The MS is v e ry in c orrec t The P AH

. . .

i n trodu c tion be gi n s 1
n em o tassa etc .

iu naa m i ta m
a a ra khil e a n a m i B
sa m pa n n A
p y j j (p y dh )
°
p a .

b u ddha (m) t rel oka sa ra n a m Ara bb hA dha p ra n a m ya m

’

i( dha a tth a yoj e n a m B ) I .

j a ra ro A
g yadi b ha v A t ato n ikkhitu m
ra ta n a m Al Ac a ri
yo ose th A ( t ha
°
m B .
) A A A
g y g ya ti I
Collec tion )
111 ( T u rn o u r .

Misc ell an eou s P AH a n d Si n halese MS wri tten i n Sin .

,

h a l ese C hara c te rs I here om it the parts wh ic h are m erely

.

Sin halese .

No 2 .
—. i —
3 leaves ( ka k ) 8 7 li n es The last pa ge con .

tain s the title A sgiri W iha re I n da va l l u goda Un n An S é wisi n

a m u t u we n ta n A u a shte k a e i
p y y 8 verses i n ho n o u r of Jorj j i .

T nn
a r e ru ( G e orge T u rn o u r) P A H w i th Si n h alese v e I S io n
’
.

. .
—
No 3 4 leaves ( ka ki ) ; 7 8 lin es Si m ilar 8 verses
— .
,

P AH with Si n halese version .

No 5 1 lea f ; 8 lin es ( o nly the first page is written ) 8

. . .

v erses i n ho n o u r of B u ddha .

.
—
No 6 2 leaves ( ka kA) ; 8 lin es Title : A sgiri W ihAre
. .

Miya na m a d e Un n An S é wisi n a m u tu wen ta n Ap u a sh te ka ya yi .

C o n ten ts S i m ilar to No 2 . .

. .
—
NO 7 4 leaves witho u t S ign atu re ; 7 8 lin es 7 verses in .

h on ou r of B uddha PAH wi th Sin halese versio n , .

No 9 5 lea ves ( kha —khu ) 7 9 l in es B egin n in g of the

. .
-
.

M a hdp a rin i bbdn a su tta P AH t ext wi th Sin halese versio n The

,
.

1
The rea di n s m ar k d wi h th
e t e l ette r B . are t h ose of the text as repea te di n
sections in the urmese version.
1 28 L
PA I T E T SOC I ET X Y P
RE ORT, 1 8 8 2 .

t ext en ds with the words Va j j ina m pAIika m khA n o pe rihAn i

ti ( e n d of p 3 in Childers s edition )
.
’
.

No 1 0 1 leaf c on ta i n in g 3 v erses in hon ou r of Tu m ou r

. . .

No 1 1 1 lea f c on tain i n g state m en ts abou t the brin gin g

. .

over of the B odhi tree from In dia to Ceylon

-
.

No 1 2 A n othe r leaf treatin g of the sam e su bjec t

. . .

No 1 3 On e leaf c on tain in g P AH a n d Sin halese n otes on

. .

the words sa ddha m m a m a n ta ra dhApen ti .

No 1 5 On e leaf c on tain in g a n extrac t from the A ngu tta r

. .

e t th a ka th A ( du ka n i Ata va nna n A) abo u t the pla es w her

p c e

B u ddha sojou rn ed du rin g the rain y seas on .

No 1 7 . 4 .
—
leaves 8 7 lin es 8 verses in hon ou r of Tu r .

n ou r PAH with Si n halese versio n

, .

No 1 8 1 0 leaves sign ed with the Si n halese letters gu

. .
,

au ; 7 8 H u es
g
-
.

B egin n in g of a n acc ou n t of Six h air reHcs of B u ddha give n

by him to six Theras ; the little treatise is c a lled in the
in trodu c tory stan za Thup a va msa Begin s n e m o etc . .

b u ddha fi ca dham m an c a ganam n a m itVA a gga m visu d

dham j a n a pumfikhetta m
c ha ke sa dhAtt ma ii c a Thup
‘
a va m m
sa v a kk hA m aha m S Ase
’

n a va
dd ha n Ay I
a

e ka sm im kira sam aye a m h Aka m b ha ga v ARA j g

a a h e v iha ra ti

V e lu va n e Ke l a n da ka n iVApe ta trApi kho b ha ga vA c a t un n a m

p i A
a r s nam dh a m m a m dese si Adika l yAue m m ajj he ke l yAua m
ri OS Au a ka l yAua m sAttha m bya IIj e n e m ke va l a pe ri p u nna m
‘ '

sa
p a y .

te n e kho pan a sa m a
y en a A n u ru ddho S obhito P a du m u tta ro
G u na sAga ro NAna p a ndito Rev a to ti cha khiuAsa v A eka
yen a bha ga vA ten u pe se mka m imsu etc
cc h a u dA h u tVA
’
.

The fra gm en t en ds : Re e ta tthera ssa ha ttha to e n il pa m a m

v

ke sad hAtu m sa m p a gic c hit ga n dhoda ka n tl n A e t

p su va nna

ra a te m a yehi p u pph eh i dip ehi c a dhAtu kha m Ap e t

j ang o
c

ta k e the pe su m ta m kha ua fi neva hetthAvu tta ppa kArAn i path e

vika m pa u Adi u i a c c ha riyAn i p Atu ra hes u m de sa sa ha sse c a .

S TEP H EN A U S TIN A ND S ONS, P RI N TE RS , HRRTFO RD .

 R ETUR N TO the c lrc ula tlon des k of a ny
Unlve rs lty of C a llfo m la l ra ry

orto the

NO RTHE R N R EG IO NAL LIB RA RY FAC ILITY

B ldg 400 Rlc hmo nd Fle ld S ta tio n
.
,

Unlve rs lty of C a llfo m la

Rlc hmo nd , C A 9460 4 4696
-

A LL B OO KS MAY B E R EC A LLE D A FTE R 7 DAYS

2 mo nth loa ns ma y b e
-
e ewed
r n b y c a lling
(4 1 5) 64 2 -
6 7 53
1 yea r loa ns ma y be re c ha rg ed b y b rl ng lng books
-

to NRLF
R e newa ls a nd rec ha rges ma y b e ma de 4 da ys
p rlo r to d ue d a te

DUE AS S TA MPE D B E LOW

use a 3 JUN 2 1
any 2005

m u m